johns a short grammar of biblical aramaic
TRANSCRIPT
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 1/121
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 2/121
A S H O R T G R A M M A R O F B I B L I C A L A R A M A I C
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 3/121
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 4/121
A N D R E W S U N I V E R S I T Y M O N O G R A P H S
V O L U M E I
A SHORT GRAMMAR
O F
BIBLICAL ARAMAIC
b y
Alger F. Johns
A N D R E W S U N I V E R S I T Y P R E S S
B E R R I E N S P R I N G S , M I C H I G A N
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 5/121
C o p y r i g h t © 1 9 6 3 b y A l g e r F . J o h n s
C o p y r i g h t © 1 9 6 6 b y A n d r e w s U n i v e r s i t y
C o p y r i g h t © 1 9 7 2 R e v i s e d E d i t io n b y A n d r e w s U n i v e r s i t y P r e s s
A n d r e w s U n i v e r s i t y P r e s s
2 1 3 I n f o r m a t i o n S e r v i c e s B u i l d i n g
B e r r i e n S p r i n g s , M I 4 9 1 0 4 - 1 7 0 0
T e l e p h o n e : 2 6 9 - 4 7 1 - 6 1 3 4 ; F A X : 2 6 9 - 4 7 1 - 6 2 2 4
E m ai 1: i n f o @ a n d r e w s u n i v e r s i t y p r e s s . c o m
W e b s i t e : w w w . a n d r e w s u n i v e r s i t y p r e s s . c o m
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . N o p a r t o f t h i s b o o k m a y b e u s e d o r r e p r o d u c e d in a n y
m a n n e r w i t h o u t w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n f ro m t h e p u b l i s h e r e x c e p t in t h e c a s e o f
b r i e f q u o t a t i o n s e m b o d i e d i n c r i t ic a l a r t i c l e s a n d r e v i e w s .
P r i n t e d i n t h e U n i t e d S t a t e s o f A m e r i c a
0 7 0 6 05 0 4 0 3 13 12 11 10 9
I S B N 0 - 9 4 3 8 7 2 - 7 4 - X
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 6/121
P R E F A C E
T h e p u rp o s e o f t h i s g r ammar i s t o co v e r ad eq u a t e l y , y e t a s co n c i s e l y a s
p o s s i b l e , t h e e s s en t i a l e l emen t s o f B i b l i ca l A rama i c . T h e g o a l h a s b een t o mee t
t h e n eed s o f t h e t y p i ca l t h eo l o g i ca l s emi n a ry s t u d en t . T o r each t h i s g o a l t h e
g rammar i s co n cen t r a t ed o n B i b l i ca l A rama i c , o n l y t o u ch i n g l i g h t l y t h e v as t
a r e a s o f o t h e r A r a m a i c l a n g u a g e s a n d d i a l e c t s .
Fo r man y y ea r s s ev e ra l ex ce l l en t an d co mp reh en s i v e g rammars o f B i b l i ca lA r a m a i c w r i t t e n i n t h e G e r m a n l a n g u a g e h a v e b e e n i n e x i s t e n c e . H o w e v e r ,
the i r fu l l va lue has no t been read i ly access ib le to those seminary s tuden t s who
a re mo re f ac i l e i n t h e c l a s s i ca l l an g u ag es t h an i n t h e mo d e rn l an g u ag es . Fo r
t h e l a s t f ew y ea r s , i n co n n e c t i o n w i t h h i s t e ac h i n g p ro g ra m , t h e au t h o r h as b een
p rep a r i n g t h i s g r ammar i n t h e E n g l i s h l an g u ag e t o h e l p mee t t h e n eed s o f s u ch
s t u d e n t s . T h e r e c e n t a p p e a r a n c e o f a g o o d A r a m a i c g r a m m a r w r i t t e n i n t h e
E n g l i s h l an g u ag e h as n o t b een a d e t e r r en t t o t h e co m p l e t i o n o f t h e p ro j ec t , f o r
t h e t w o w o rk s a r e q u i t e d i l T e ren t i n ap p ro ach . W h i l e t h e re i s v e ry l i t t l e t h a t
can b e p re s en t ed i n a w o rk o f t h i s k i n d t h a t i s r ea l l y n ew , y e t t h e me t h o d o l o g y
o f ap p ro ac h can v a ry g rea t l y i n d i ff e r en t g r a m m ars .
I t i s a l m o s t an i n v a r i ab l e ru l e t h a t s emi n a ry s t u d en t s l ea rn H eb r ew b e fo re
t h ey b eg i n a s t u d y o f B i b l i ca l A rama i c . T h i s g rammar w as w r i t t en o n t h e b as i s
o f t h a t a s s u m p t i o n , a n d f r e q u e n t c o m p a r i s o n s a r e d r a w n b e t w e e n t h e t w o
l a n g u a g e s . W h e n e v e r s o m e g r a m m a t i c a l t e r m o r u s a g e c o m m o n t o b o t h
l an g u ag es i s u s u a l l y co v e red t h o ro u g h l y i n a s t u d y o f H eb rew g rammar , o n l y
a s h o r t r e s u me o r ex p l an a t i o n i s g i v en i n t h i s g r ammar fo r t h e s ak e o f b rev i t y .
In ad d i t i o n , h o w ev e r , t h e g en e ra l f r amew o rk o f co mp ara t i v e Semi t i c s t u d i e s
h as b een u t i l i z ed w h ere i t co u l d a i d i n t h e u n d e r s t an d i n g o f B i b l i ca l A rama i c .
In th i s co nn ec t ion , th e a u t ho r f ree ly ackn ow ledg es h i s ind eb ted ne ss , f ir st, t o
Wi l l i am Foxwel l Albr igh t , h i s es teemed professor in Semi t i c s tud ies in genera l ,
an d s eco n d l y , t o P ro fe s s o r J o s ep h F i t zmy er , S.J.,- h i s t eac he r o f Bib l i ca l
A r a m a i c . T h e b a s ic s t r u c t u r e o f t h i s g r a m m a r is t h a t o f t h e " B a l t i m o r e
s ch o o l . " H o w ev e r , t h e me t h o d o l o g y o f ap p ro ach h as b een s i mp l i f i ed t o b e t t e r
fu l f i l l the purpose o f meet ing the needs o f the seminary c lass room.
T h e t ex t u a l b a s i s o f t h i s g r am m ar is K i t t e l ' s Biblia Hebraica, t h e e i g h t hed i t i o n (b as ed o n t h e t h i rd ed i t i o n ) . T h e v o cab u l a ry i s p ro g re s s i v e l y b u i l t u p
by the use o f s imp le exerc i ses . A s soo n as pos s ib le , th e s tud en t i s in t ro du ce d to
ac tua l Bib l i ca l passages in the exerc i ses , modi f i ed to some ex ten t by the
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 7/121
V I
T h e d eman d fo r t h e f i r s t ed i t i o n o f t h i s g r ammar w as g rea t e r t h an e i t h e r
t h e a u t h o r o r t h e A n d r e w s U n i v e r s i t y P u b l i c a t i o n s C o m m i t t e e a n t i c i p a t e d
an d s o t h e s u p p l y h as b een ex h au s t ed s ev e ra l y ea r s b e fo re w e ex p ec t ed . H o w
ev e r , t h i s s eco n d ed i t i o n h as g i v en o p p o r t u n i t y fo r n u mero u s mi n o r co r r ec
t i o n s an d a f ew ma j o r o n es t o b e mad e . A co n t i n u i n g d eman d a t t h e p re s en t
l ev e l can b e me t b y t h e s eco n d ed i t i o n fo r man y y ea r s t o co me .
N o v emb er , 1 9 7 1
v o cab u l a ry av a i l ab l e a t t h a t s t ag e o f s t u d y . T h e ex amp l es i l l u s t r a t i n g t h e
g rammar h av e b een ch o s en w i t h s p ec i a l c a re t o f a l l w i t h i n t h e s co p e o f t h e
s t u d e n t ' s p r o g r e s s iv e u n d e r s t a n d i n g . A t t e n t i o n i s f o cu s e d o n t h o s e f o r m s
w h i ch ac t u a l l y o ccu r i n B i b l i ca l A rama i c , a l t h o u g h t h e au t h o r s u s p ec t s t h e
p o s s i b i l i t y (d i f f i cu l t t o p ro v e ) t h a t t h e ea r l i e s t Mas o re t e s o r p r e -Mas o re t i c
s c r i b es w ere n o t q u i t e a s ca re fu l w i t h t h e A rama i c p o r t i o n s o f t h e B i b l e a s w i t h
t h e H e b r e w p o r t i o n s . H o w c o u l d t h e b o o k s w r i t t e n p a r t i a l l y i n A r a m a i c
o ccu p y q u i t e a s h i g h a s p o t i n t h e can o n a s o t h e r s w r i t t en en t i r e l y i n t h e
" s a c r e d " l a n g u a g e , H e b r e w ?
D ecemb er , 1 9 6 2 .
T h e f i r s t l i mi t ed p r i n t i n g o f t h i s g r ammar w as ex h au s t ed mu ch mo re q u i ck l y
t h an an t i c i p a t ed . I t s eemed ad v i s ab l e t o i s s u e t h e s eco n d p r i n t i n g i n r eg u l a r
b o o k fo rm w i t h c l o t h co v e r s r a t h e r t h an t o u s e o n ce ag a i n an e l ec t ro -p h o t o -
s t a t i c p ro ces s fo r p r i n t i n g a n d ca rd b o a rd co v e r s fo r b i n d i n g . Sp ec i a l t h an k s
a r e d u e t o t h e a d m i n i s t r a t i o n a n d b o a r d o f A n d r e w s U n i v e r s i t y f o r t h e i r
w i l l i n g n es s t o u n d e rw r i t e t h e ad d i t i o n a l o u t l ay t h a t t h i s s eco n d p r i n t i n g en t a i l s .
I t i s an honor to be the f i rs t in a ser ies ent i t led Andrews University Monographs.
T h e s eco n d p r i n t i n g h as p re s en t ed an o p p o r t u n i t y fo r co r r ec t i n g t h e mi s p r i n t s p r e s en t i n t h e o r i g i n a l w o rk a s w e l l a s fo r mak i n g a f ew mi n o r ch an g es
t o c l a r i fy t h e t ex t . I n t h i s co n n ec t i o n t h e au t h o r w i s h es t o ex p re s s h i s d eep es t
ap p re c i a t i o n t o h i s co l l eag u es D r . S i eg fr i ed H . H o r n an d D r . L eo n a G . R u n n i n g
fo r t h e i r h e l p fu l s u g g es t i o n s an d p a i n s t ak i n g ca re i n r ead i n g t h e p ro o f s . I t i s
o u r s in ce re h o p e t h a t t h e s e i m p ro v e m en t s w i l l h e l p t h i s g r am m ar t o fu lfill
m o r e a d e q u a t e l y i t s o r i g i n a l p u r p o s e .
D ecemb er , 1 9 6 5 .
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 8/121
Vl l
T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S
P R E F A C E V
T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S vii
I N T R O D U C T I O N T O B I B L I C A L A R A M A I C 1
1. B i b l i ca l O c cu r ren ces 1
2 . T h e N a m e 1
3. D i s t r i b u t i o n o f S e m i t ic L a n g u a g e s 1
4 . C la ss if ic at io n o f A r a m a ic L a ng u ag es a n d D i al ec ts . . . 2
5. T h e A l p h a b e t 3
6 . Th e Scr ip t 3
7 . T h e T o n e 3
8 . T h e V o cab u l a ry 3
L E S S O N I . P H O N O L O G Y O F B IB L I C A L A R A M A I C . . . 5
1. T he D ev e l o p m en t o f P ro t o - S em it i c C o n so na n t s . . . . 5
2. Se l ec t ed Ph o n e t i c Ru l e s fo r V o w e l s 6
3. S e l ec t ed P h o n e t i c R u l e s f o r C o n s o n a n t s 7
4 . V o c a b u l a r y 8
5 . Exe rc i ses 8
L E S S O N I I . N O U N S A N D A D J E C T I V E S 9
1. G e n d e r 9
2 . N u m b e r 9
3 . S t a t e 9
4 . A d j ec t i v a l M o d i f i ca t i o n 1 0
5 . T h e C o n s t r u c t C h a i n 1 0
6. U se s of •? 10
7 . T h e D i re c t O b j ec t an d n ; 1 1
8 . V o ca b u l a ry 1 1
9 . Exe rc i ses 11
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 9/121
V l l l
L E SS O N i n . I N D E P E N D E N T P E R S O N A L P R O N O U N S A N D
S U F F I X E S O N N O U N S 12
1. I n d e p e n d e n t P e r s o n a l P r o n o u n s 12
2 . U ses o f th e I n d ep en d en t P e r s o n a l P ro no un s . . . . 12
3. P ro n o m i n a l Suf fix es o n N o u n s 13
4. Uses o f the P ro no m in al Suff ixes 14
5. V o cab u l a ry 14
6. Ex ercis es 15
L E S S O N I V. O T H E R P R O N O U N S 16
1. D e m o n s t r a t i v e P r o n o u n s 16
2. T h e P r o n o u n n 16
3. I n d e p e n d e n t P o s se s si v e P r o n o u n s 17
4 . I n t e r r o g a t i v e P r o n o u n s 17
5. In d e f i n i te P r o n o u n s 17
6 . V o cab u l a ry 17
7. Ex erc ises 18
L ES S O N V . T H E V E R B A L S Y S T E M : T H E P E R F E C T . . . 19
1. T h e Co n j u g a t i o n s 19
2. D e v e l o p m e n t o f t h e C o n j u g a t i o n s 19
3 . S t a t i v e F o r m s 2 0
4 . Co n j u g a t i o n o f t h e Pe r f ec t 2 0
5. Use s o f th e Per fe c t 21
6 . V o cab u l a ry 2 2
7. Ex ercise s 22
L E S S O N V I. T H E V E R B A L S Y S T E M : T H E I M P E R F E C T , T H E
I N F I N I T I V E , E T C 2 3
1. Co n j u g a t i o n o f t h e Imp er fec t 2 3
2. Uses o f the Im per fec t 23
3. T he In f in i t ive 24
4 . T h e I m p e r a t i v e 2 45. T h e Pa r t i c i p l e s 2 5
6 . Uses o f the Ac t ive Pa r t i c ip le 25
7 . Uses o f the Pass ive Par t i c ip le 26
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 10/121
X
8. A ct iv e V e rb F or m s W it h P ass iv e M ea n in g s . . . . 26
9 . T h e C o p u l a 2 6
10 . V o cab u l a ry 2 7
11. Exe rc i ses 27
L E S S O N V l l . C L A S S E S O F N O U N S 2 8
1. Sy stem s of Cla ss i f icat io n 28
2. In f l ec t ion o f the Fi r s t N ine Classes 28
3 . N o u n s o f U n i q u e F o r m a t i o n 2 9
4. V o cab u l a ry 3 1
5. Exe rcises 31
L E SS O N V l l l . T H E D E R I V E D A C T I V E C O N J U G A T I O N S . 32
1. P r in c ip a l P ar t s . . . 32
2. Re g u l a r an d I r r eg u l a r V e rb s 3 3
3. Th e Pae l 33
4 . T h e H a p h e l 3 4
5. T h e A p h e l 3 56 . Th e Sh aph el 35
7 . V o cab u l a ry 3 6
8. Exe rcises 36
L E S S O N I X . T H E P A S S IV E A N D R E F L E X I V E C O N J U G A T I O N S 37
1. Th e Pass ive C on jug at io ns 37
2. Th e Ref lex ive C on jug at io ns 383 . T h e H i t h p ee l 3 8
4. T h e H i t h p a a l 3 9
5. T h e H i s h t a p h a l 4 0
6 . V o cab u l a ry 4 0
7. Exe rcises 40
L E S S O N X . L A R Y N G E A L V E R B S 4 1
1. Lary ngea l Ve rbs 41
2. Pe L a ry n g ea l V e rb s 4 1
3. A y i n L a ry n g ea l V e rb s 4 2
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 11/121
4 . L a m e d h L a r y n g e a l V e r b s 4 3
5. T h e I t h p e e l C o n j u g a t i o n 4 4
6 . V e rb s D o u b l y L a ry n g ea l 4 5
7 . V o cab u l a r y 4 5
8 . Exe rc i ses 45
L E S S O N X I . P E N U N , P E Y O D H , A N D P E A L E P H V E R B S . . 47
1 . Pe N u n V erb s 4 7
2 . V e r b s P e N u n a n d A y i n L a r y n g e a l 4 8
3. V e r b s P e N u n a n d L a m e d h L a r y n g e a l 4 8
4 . P e Y o d h V e r b s ( I n c l u d i n g P e W a w ) 4 8
5. T h e S h a p h e l a n d S a p h e l C o n j u g a t i o n s 4 9
6 . V e rb s Pe Y o d h an d A y i n L a r y n g ea l 5 0
7 . V e r b s P e Y o d h a n d L a m e d h L a r y n g e a l 5 0
8 . P e A l e p h V e r b s 5 1
9 . V e rb s Pe A l ep h an d A y i n L a ry n g ea l 5 2
10. V e r b s P e A l e p h a n d L a m e d h L a r y n g e a l 5 2
11. V o c a b u l a r y 5 2
12. Exe rc i ses 52
L E S S O N X I I . H O L L O W V E R B S 54
1. T h e H o l l o w V e r b s 5 4
2 . A y i n W a w V e r b s 5 4
3 . T h e P o l e l a n d H i t h p o l e l C o n j u g a t i o n s 5 5
4 . T he H i t h ap h e l ( H it t a p h e l ) C on j u g a t i o n . . . . 5 6
5 . A y i n Y o d h V e r b s 5 66 . V e rb s Pe L a ry n g ea l an d H o l l o w 5 7
7 . V e r b s L a m e d h L a r y n g e a l a n d H o l l o w 5 7
8 . V e r b s P e N u n a n d H o l l o w 5 7
9 . V o c a b u l a r y 5 7
10. Exe rc i ses 58
L E S S O N X I I I . G E M I N A T E V E R B S 59
1 . G em i n a t e (o r A y i n A y i n ) V e rb s 5 9
2 . T h e S h a p h e l a n d H is h t a p h a l C on j u g a t i o n s . . . . 60
3 . T h e H i t h p o e l ( I t h p o e l ) C o n j u g a t i o n 6 0
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 12/121
XI
L E S S O N X V I . V E R B A L S U F F I X E S : W I T H T H E P E R F E C T . . 7 4
1. V erb al Suffixes 74
2 . F or m at io n o f Suff ixes on th e Per fe c t 74
3 . T ab le of Suffixes o n th e Pe rfec t 75
4 . T h e Suffixes o n '•n-S 76
5. V o c a b u l a r y 7 6
6. Exe rcises 76
4. V e r b s P e L a r y n g e a l a n d G e m i n a t e 6 0
5. V erb s A y i n L a ry n g ea l an d G em i n a t e 6 1
6 . V e rb s Pe N u n an d G em i n a t e 6 2
7 . Vo cab ular y 62
8. Exe rcises 62
L E S S O N X I V . L A M E D H H E V E R B S 6 3
1. T h e D ev el o pm e nt o f t h e L a m e d h H e F o rm a t i o n s . . . 6 3
2. T h e D er i v ed Co n j u g a t i o n s o f t h e L a m ed h H e C l a s s . . 6 4
3. V e r b s P e L a r y n g e a l a n d L a m e d h H e 6 5
4 . V e r b s A y i n L a r y n g e a l a n d L a m e d h H e 6 6
5. V e r b s P e N u n a n d L a m e d h H e 6 7
6 . V o cab u l a ry 6 7
7. Exe rcises 68
L E SS O N X V . O T H E R D O U B L Y W E A K A N D I R R E G U L A R
V E R B S 6 9
1. V e rb s Pe A l e p h an d L a m ed h H e 6 9
2. T h e H a p h e l P a s s iv e C o n j u g a t i o n 6 9
3. V e r b s P e Y o d h a n d L a m e d h H e 6 9
4 . V erb s Pe L a ry n g ea l an d A y i n L a r y n g ea l 7 0
5. V erb s P e L a ry n g e a l a n d L am ed h L a r y n g e a l . . . . 7 0
6 . P s e u d o - G e m i n a t e V e r b s 7 0
7 . O t h e r I r r eg u l a r V e rb s 7 2
8 . V o cab u l a ry 7 3
9 . Exe rc i ses 73
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 13/121
XII
L E S S O N X V I I . V E R B A L S U F F I X E S : W I T H T H E I M P E R F E C T ,
T H E I N F I N I T I V E , E T C 77
1. F o r m a t i o n o f Su ff ix es o n t h e Imp er fec t 7 7
2. T ab le of Suff ixes on th e Im perf ect 77
3. T ab le of Suff ixes on th e Infini t ive 78
4 . Ta b le o f Suff ixes on the Im pe ra t iv e 79
5. Suffixes on th e Pa rt ic ipl e 79
6 . V o cab u l a ry 7 9
7. Ex erc ises 79
L E S S O N X V I I I . N O U N T Y P E S 8 0
1. De f in i t ion o f N o u n Typ es 80
2. Re co g n i t i o n o f N o u n T y p es 8 0
3. T a b l e o f N o u n T y p es O c cu r r i n g i n BA 8 1
4 . V o c a b u l a r y 8 3
5. Exe rc i ses 83
L E S S O N X I X . S I M I L A R N O U N C L A S S E S 8 4
1. Co nfu s ion o f S im i la r N o un Classes 84
2 . N o u n s Be l o n g i n g t o C l a s s 1 8 4
3. N o u n s Be l o n g i n g t o C l a s s 2 8 5
4 . D is t i n gu i s h in g B e tw een S im ila r N o u n C la sse s . . . . 85
5. S i m i l a r N o u n C l a s s e s i n t h e P l u ra l 8 5
6 . V o cab u l a ry 8 6
7. Exe rc i ses 86
L E S S O N X X , T H E N U M E R A L S 87
1. T h e C a r d i n a l N u m e r a l s 8 7
2. U s e s o f t h e C a r d i n a l N u m e r a l s 8 7
3. S t a n d a r d N u m e r i c a l F o r m u l a s 8 8
4 . T h e O r d i n a l N u m e r a l s 88
5. V o c a b u l a r y 8 9
6 . Exe rc i ses 89
P A R A D I G M S 9 0
G L O S S A R Y 9 6
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 14/121
I N T R O D U C T I O N T O B I B L IC A L A R A M A I C
1. Biblical Occurrences: In t h e O l d T e s t am en t , B i b l i cal A ra m a i c i s fo u n d
i n f i v e p as s ag es : G en . 3 1 : 4 7 ; J e r . 1 0 : 1 1 ; E z ra 4 : 8 t o 6 : 1 8 ; E z ra 7 : 1 2 -2 6 ; an d
D an . 2 : 4 b t o 7 : 2 8 .
2. The Name: T h e n a m e o f t h e l a n g u a g e " A r a m a i c , " i s d e r iv e d f r o m
t h e H e b r e w w o r d J T ' O ' i K (E z ra 4 : 7 an d D an . 2 : 4 a ) . I t w as , o f co u r s e , o r i g i n a l l y
s p o k en b y v a r i o u s A ra m ae an t r i b e s fo r cen t u r i e s b e fo re t h e t i m e o f t h e o l d es ti n s c r i p t io n s i n " O l d A r a m a i c " ( w h i ch d a t e t o a b o u t t h e 1 0 th c e n t u r y B . C . ) .
A s t h e A r a m a e a n s m o v e d i n t o A s s y r i a a n d B a b y l o n i a , th e i r la n g u a g e g r a d u a l l y
s u p e r s ed ed A cca d i an a s t h e l i n g u a f r an ca o f t h e r eg i o n , ev en t u a l l y b ec o m i n g
the o f f i c ia l l anguage o f the Pers ian Empi re . In th i s per iod i t i s spoken of as
Reichsaramdisch o r " I m p e r i a l A r a m a i c . " T h e E l e p h a n t i n e p a p y r i , f o r e x a m p l e ,
a re in Reichsaramdisch. B i b l i ca l A ra m a i c (h e rea f t e r ab b rev i a t ed BA ) i s o f t en
a l s o s o c la s si fi ed, for t h e A ch a em en i d d o c u m en t s o f E z ra a r e in Reichsaramdisch,
and the l anguage o f the book of Danie l i s c lose ly re la ted to i t .
G r a m m a r i a n s o f t h e p r e v io u s c en t u ry c a ll ed B A " C h a l d e e " o r " C h a l d a e a n . "
O n e r ea s o n fo r t h i s i s p ro b a b l y t h a t ex c av a t i o n s i n Ba b y l o n i a i n t h a t cen t u ry
f oc u se d a t t e n t i o n o n t h e C h a l d a e a n ( N e o - B a b y l o n i a n ) e m p i r e , a n d s i n ce t h e
s e t t i n g o f t h e b o o k o f D an i e l i s a t t h e h e i g h t o f t h a t em p i re , it w o u l d b e n a t u r a l
t o u se t h e n a m e " C h a l d e e " o r " C h a l d a e a n " f or t h e n o n - H e b r e w l a n g u a g e o f
the book [c f . Dan . 1:4and 2 : 2 6 i n t h e L X X ] . H o w e v e r , t h i s d e s i g n a t i o n i s n o
l o n g e r u s ed , b u t o n l y t h e n am e "A ra m a i c , " fo r a f t e r a l l , t h e l an g u ag e o r i g i
n a t e d w i t h t h e A r a m a e a n s r a t h e r t h a n w i t h t h e C h a l d a e a n s .
3 . Distribution of Semitic Languages:
I N o r t h w es t Sem i t i c 11 N o r t h e a s t S e m i t i c
( A ) A r a m a i c ( A ) A c c a d i a n
( B ) C a n a a n i t e ( 1) A s s y r i a n
( I ) U g a r i t i c ( 2) B a b y l o n i a n( 2 ) P h o e n i c i a n
(3 ) H eb rew , e t c .
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 15/121
I l l So u t h w es t Sem i t i c
(A ) H e j az
(B) Nejd( C ) Q a y s
( D ) Y e m e n
[Of these , (A) p reva i l ed as
c l a s s i c a l ( N o r t h ) A r a b i c ,
b as ed o n t h e w r i t i n g s o f
M o h a m m e d . M o d e r n A r a b i c
h a s i n n u m e r a b l e s p o k e n
d i a l ec t s . ]
I V S o u t h e a s t S e m i t ic
( A ) S o u t h A r a b i c
( 1 ) Q a t a b a n ( Q a t a b a n i a n )( 2 ) S a b a ' ( S a b a e a n )
( 3 ) M a ' i n ( M i n a e a n )
( 4 ) H a d r a m a u t
[ M o d e r n ]
( 5 ) M a h r i
( 6 ) S o q o t r i ( S o q o t r i a n )
(7 ) Seh au r i , e t c .
(B) E t h i o p i c [ c l a s si ca l -G e ' ez ]
(1 ) T igre
(2) T igr i i l a
(3 ) Amhar ic (o f f i c ia l )
( 4 ) G u r a g e
( 5 ) H a r a r i , e t c .
4 . Classification of Arama ic Languages and Dialects:A n c i e n t A r a m a i c i n c l u d e s " O l d A r a m a i c , " Reichsaramdisch, an d BA . T h e
l a t t e r t w o a re c l a s s i f i ed b y mo s t au t h o r i t i e s u n d e r "W es t A rama i c . " H o w ev e r ,
i t i s bes t no t to make an eas t -wes t d iv i s ion a t th i s ear ly t ime.
L at er A ra m ai c i s usu a l ly class i fi ed as fo l low s :
I W e s t A r a m a i c
(A)
(B)
( Q
(D )
(E)
Pa l e s t i n i an J ew i s h
( 1 ) T a r g u m i c
( 2 ) J e r u s a l e m T a l m u d i c
P a l e s t i n i a n C h r i s t i a n
S a m a r i t a n ( A r a m a i c )
P a l m y r e n e
N a b a t a e a n
I I E a s t A r a m a i c
( A ) N o r t h
(1) Syr iac
(a ) E as t Sy r i ac (N es t o r i an )
(b ) Wes t Syr iac ( Jacob i te )
[ M o d e r n ]
( c ) T o r a n i
(d ) Fe l l ih i
(2) [So me au t h o r i t i e s p l ace
BA h e re ]( B ) S o u t h
( 1) T a l m u d i c ( B a b y l o n i a n
T a l m u d )
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 16/121
[ M o d e r n ]
( F ) M a ' l u l a
( G ) B a h ' a( H ) J u b b a ' d i n
( 2 ) M a n d a e a n
( a ) M a n d a '
( b ) Y a d a '( c ) G n o s t i c
5. The Alphabet: T i i e a l p h ab e t o f BA , l i k e t h a t o f B i b l i ca l H eb rew
(h e rea f t e r ab b rev i a t ed BH ) , i s co mp o s ed o f 2 2 co n s o n an t s . T h e n ames o f t h e
l e t t e r s a r e t h e s a m e a s i n H e b r e w . T h e M a s o r e t e s e m p l o y e d t h e s a m e v o w e l s
f o r t h e B A p o r t i o n s o f t h e O T a s f o r t h e B H p o r t i o n s . C o n s e q u e n t l y , B A a n d
B H h a v e t h e s a m e f u n d a m e n t a l r u l e s o f p r o n u n c i a t i o n , w i t h b u t m i n o r e x cep t i o n s . T h e co m m o n l y u s ed v o w e l s y s t em fo r t h e M as o re t i c t ex t i s t h e T i b e r -
i an voca l i za t ion . Th i s i s car r i ed ou t in BA as wel l as BH. An a l t e rna te sys tem i s
k n o w n a s Ba b y l o n i an v o c a l i za t i o n . T h e re a r e o n l y a f ew ex am p l es o f t h i s , b u t
t h ey d o i n c l u d e BA as w e l l a s B H . N o t i n BA , b u t i n ex i s t en ce fo r B H a re
a l s o a f e w e x a m p l e s o f P a l e s t i n i a n v o c a l i z a t i o n a n d Y e m e n i t e v o c a l i z a t i o n .
6 . The Script: T h e s c r i p t em p l o y ed fo r BA i s t h e s am e a s t h a t u s ed fo r
BH . A c t u a l l y , t h i s s c r i p t i s o f A rama i c o r i g i n , f o r t h e s o -ca l l ed " s q u a re" l e t t e r s
e m p l o y e d i n t h e H e b r e w s c r i p t u r e s w e r e d e v e l o p e d f ro m t h e O l d A r a m a i c a n d
n o t t h e O l d H e b r e w s c r i p t . T h i s s c r i p t w a s t a k e n o v e r fr o m A r a m a i c , a n d
a l r ead y b y t h e b eg i n n i n g o f t h e Ch r i s t i an e r a w as i n co mmo n u s e fo r co p y i n g
t h e Sc r i p t u re s , j u s t a s i t h ad l o n g s i n ce b een em p l o y e d a s t h e u s u a l s c r i p t fo r
o rd i n a ry co r r e s p o n d en ce o r o t h e r w r i t i n g . L i k e H eb rew , BA u s es a f i n a l fo rm
o f t h e fo l l o w i n g l e t t e r s SBaJD m a k i n g t h e m a p p e a r a s a t t h e e n d o f
w o r d s .
7 . The Tone: T h e t o n e o r accen t i n BA g en e ra l l y fo l l o w s t h e ru l e s o faccen t u a t i o n o f BH . Fo r p u rp o s es o f s i mp l i f i ca t i o n , t h e accen t w i l l n o t u s u a l l y
b e m a r k e d i n t h e v o c a b u l a r y . T h e M T h a s t h e s a m e a c c e n t m a r k i n g s i n t h e B A
p o r t i o n s a s i n t h e B H p o r t i o n s .
8. The Vocabulary: I t w i l l b e r eco g n i zed a t o n c e t h a t w i t h s u ch a l i m i t ed
b o d y o f l i t e r a t u re , BA h a s a co m p ara t i v e l y s m a l l v o c ab u l a ry . A s i n m o s t
g ra m m ars o f B H , t h e t h i r d p e r s o n m as cu l i n e s i n g u l a r o f t h e p e r f ec t o f t h e
s i mp l e s t fo rm o f t h e v e rb w i l l b e u s ed fo r t h e v o cab u l a ry fo rm o f v e rb s , ex cep t
i n t h o s e ca s e s w h e re o n e o f t h e ro o t l e t t e r s w o u l d t h u s b e e l i m i n a t ed . In s u ch
cas es , an d a l s o fo r a l l v e rb s o f t h e d e r i v e d co n j u g a t i o n s , t h e t h r ee r o o t l e t t e r s
a l o n e w il l b e g i v en , w i t h o u t an y v o w e l s . T h e n u m b e r i n p a r en t h es e s fo l l o w i n g
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 17/121
the nouns or adjectives represents the noun class (which will be discussed in
a subsequent lesson). In a few inst ances it is impossib le to determine with
certainty the original form of the absolute state of certain nouns, so the vowels
in question have been omitted in the vocabularies (e.g. Tjnan' niVS/ etc.).
Those who have learned BH will find many words in BA identical to common
BH words, besides a host of others with but minor differences. The following
vocabulary is a representative (but by no means complete) list of common words
which are identical to BH in the singular absolute form, and are either identical
or virtually identica l in thei r meanings . Howeve r, they are by no means identica l
to BH in the plural, no r necessarily so in the construct form.
nsN —
S73-JK —
n n x —
3 —
D''? —
13 —
ns —
r' -
n —
—
acn —1 —
n —
Dbnn —
nr —
— stone (1)
— not
— these
— cubit (7; pi. 5)
— also
— four
— lion (10)
— in; by (means of)
— house; > temple (10)
— field (3)
— bath; > a liquid
measure (5)
right, justice, j udg me nt ,
council (of jud gme nt) (4)
interrogative particle
h e ; that
s h e ; t h a tan d; (for, then, etc. )
living, alive; (pi.) life (5)
strength;army (1)
wisdom (7)
magician (5)
dew (5)
day (4; [also 7 in pi.])
a s ; according to; about
whole; all, every
p — th us ; (so)
V — to , for ; sign of dir ect
object
N"? — n o t ; [as a noun] nothi ng,
nought
inb — therefore [Heb.]
na — what? that which
— king (1)
p — from; out of; than
n m p — (grain) offering (7)
IV — un t o; until
rV— eye(l)
—( up )o n, over; against ;
concerning
D » — people, na ti on (5 ; [also
10 in pi.])
DS? — (along) wi th
Dl f — to rise, st an d; end ure
n^P — village, town , city (10)
PI? — ho rn (1)
3 T — gre at , big; chief (5 ; pi.10)
n n — wind; spirit (4)
n ' t?—to place, lay; make,
establish
nXB? — rest , remai nd er (4)
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 18/121
L E S S O N I
P H O N O L O G Y OF B I B L IC A L A R A M A I C
1. The Development of Proto-Sem itic Conso nants: A l t h o u g h the c o n s o
n a n t s of BA and BH deve loped genera l ly a long the same l ines f rom the i r
c o m m o n P r o t o - S e m i t i c o r i g i n , yet in a few of the c o n s o n a n t s t h e r e o c c u r r e d
imp o r t an t d iv e rg en c ie s . Th i s d ev e lo p men t can b e s t be u n d e r s t o o d by c o m p a r i n g
spec i f ic consonan ts in severa l of the p r i n c i p a l S e m i t i c l a n g u a g e s . [ N o t e t h a t a
c o n s o n a n t is " v e l a r i z e d " or " g l o t t a l i z c d " w h e n t h e r e is a g lo t t a l c a t ch at the
same t ime the c o n s o n a n t is p ro n o u n c e d . T h u s t , d , z , ^ (or $ ["thorn"] or d),
6 (or 5), and s w h e n so p r o n o u n c e d b e c o m e t, d , ? , ^ ( o r $ o r ^ ) , $ (or S) and §.]
Th is d ev e lo p men t , as genera l ly he ld by g r a m m a r i an s , is f rom Pro to -S em i t i c
t o U g a r i t i c , H e b r e w , A r a m a i c , A c c a d i a n , A r a b i c , and E t h i o p i c as f o l lo ws :
P S Ug. H e b . A r a m . A c c . A r a b . Eth.
6,S d t 1 z i z
z z t T z J z
t t t n n t t
t n § s
h s § ft? ft? s §
h s s s s
s s s 0 0 s a s
? ?.g s s
S2 § s s s
? 3 9,6 s § d
In BA 0 and ft? were o f t en u sed in t e r ch an g eab ly , and b o t h b e c a m e sin Syr iac .
T h e use of specif ic examples in c o m p a r i s o n of BH and BA c o g n a t e s may
b es t i l l u s t r a t e th e se d ev e lo p men t s . For " z a y i n one" BH has anj w h i l e BA has
ari'T. For " z a y i n t w o " BH has S ^ T and BA has S7*it.F o r " s h i n on^" BH has iriVe*, 1X6^ etc. w h i l e BA has nVri- ir\\ etc . For
" s h i n t w o " BH has ift?» and BA has ft?5? For " s h i n t h r e e " BH has pa?"? and
B A has IB*"?.
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 19/121
F o r " j a d e o n e " B H h a s p f e s w h i l e B A h a s i D p . F o r " § a d e t w o " B H a n d
BA b o th h av e »aSK. "Sa d e t h r e e" b ecame j? in ea r ly Ar am a ic , an d l a t e r
b ecam e » . Th u s B H h as wh i l e BA h as » 8 [ fro m »»] an d fo r t h e BH f "^K,
B A h a s b o t h p l . s a n d S7"1K.
In BA as in BH Pro to -Semi t i c g h ay in an d ' ay in h av e f a l l en to g e th e r an d a r e
wr i t t en » . L ik ewise in b o t h BA an d B H n r ep re sen t s P ro to -Sem i t i c h an d h .
Th o u g h f a l l en to g e th e r , t h e co r r ec t p ro n u n c ia t io n i s h .
2. Selected Phon etic Rules for Vow els: I n th e t r e a t m en t o f v o we l s BA an d
BH d ev e lo p ed a lo n g so mewh a t d iv e rg en t l i n e s , a l th o u g h th e r e a r e a l so so me
sim i la r i t ies . Th e f ir st th r ee o f the fo l lowing ru les represen t espec ia l ly im po r ta n t
d i f fe rences be tween BA and BH.
A — Sh o r t v o we l s in a p r e to n ic o p en sy l lab le b eco m e sh ewa , an d a r e n o t
l e n g t h e n e d a s t h e y o f te n a r e i n B H : * k a t a b a > a n s . ( B H n i ^ , Vpj?,
e tc . B A T\y^, VDJ ^ , e tc . )
B — S h o r t a in c losed , acc en ted final sy l lab les rema ins sh or t a nd i s n o t
l en g th en e d a s i t o f t en is i n B H : *k a tab a > 3 P 3 . (BH aaa^ , e t c .
B A aaa^p, e tc . )
C — T he ear ly H eb rew sh if t o f a to d un de r th e acce n t o r ton e does no t
o ccu r in BA. (BH tbilK, a iD , e t c . BA B ^ I N , a p , e t c . )
D — T h e d i p h t h o n g aw a lway s b e co m es 6 in BA.
E — Sh or t a in a c los ed , una cce n ted sy l lab le i s re ta i ned nex t to a la ryngea l .
O th e rwise i t f r eq u en t ly b eco mes / .
F — Sh or t /• in a c lose d , un acc en ted sy l lab le beco me s seghol before a
la ryngea l , un less a doubled consonan t fo l lows. Otherwise i t i s usua l ly
r e t a i n e d .
G — Sh or t « in a c losed , una cce n te d sy l lab le i s e i the r re ta ine d or becomes
q a m e s h a t u p h .
H — S h o r t i in a c losed , accen ted sy l lab le i s e i th er re ta ine d or becom essere ( th is la t te r §ere i s changed to seghol before a maqqeph) .
I — S ho r t « in a c losed , acce n ted sy l lab le becom es ho le m in no un s .
J — A l l sh or t vowe ls bec om e pa th ah before final resh , he th , an d ' ay in .
K — A pa th ah fu r t ive i s inser ted be tw een a he te rog ene ous long vowel and
final heth or 'ayin .
L — I f tw o u n a ccen ted , o p en , sh o r t v o we l s p r eced e th e to n e o r accen t , t h e
p re to n ic v o we l i s co mp le t e ly sy n co p a ted (b eco min g s i l en t sh ewa) .
M — Af ter a la ryng ea l , a reduc ed vowel i s a lways a ha t eph (usua l ly ah a t e p h p a t h a h ) .
N -— Af ter th e la ryng ea ls he , he th , an d ' ay i n a t the end of an un acc en t ed ,
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 20/121
med i a l s y l l ab l e , a h a t ep h i s i n s e r t ed , co r r e s p o n d i n g t o t h e p reced i n g
v o w e l .
0 — I n T i b e r i a n v o c a l i z a t i o n t h e r e w a s a n o c c a s i o n a l p a u s a l l e n g t h e n i n go f a s h o r t v o w e l .
P — T h e d i p h t h o n g % d e v e l o p s a s f o l l o w s :
a . i n a c l o s ed p r i m ary -acc en t e d s y l lab l e i t b ec o m es
b . in a c lose d sec on da ry- acc en ted sy l l ab le i t be co m es "•_.
c . in a f inal o p e n syl lab le i t be co m es
d . i n a m ed i a l o p en s y l l ab le i t i s r e t a i n e d o r b ec o m es
Q — In B A t h e g en t i l i c en d i n g i s v ( r a t h e r t h an •>_ a s i n B H ) .
3. Selected Phonetic Rules for Consonants:
1 — T h e n S S l U l e t t e r s b e c o m e s p i r a n t s a f te r a v o w e l . T h i s a s p i r a n t i -
za t i o n i s r e t a i n ed ev en w h en t h e v o w e l w h i ch cau s ed i t i s d ro p p ed .
2 — A 1 i s o f t en a s s i m i l a t ed t o a fo l l o w i n g co n s o n an t ( ev en a l a ry n g ea l ) .
3 — Co n v e r s e l y , t h e d o u b l i n g o f a co n s o n an t i s s o m e t i m es r e s o l v ed b y a i
f o ll o w e d b y t h e c o n s o n a n t i n q u e s t i o n .
4 — F i n a l d o u b l ed co n s o n a n t s a r e s imp l if ied t o s i n g le co n s o n a n t s .
5 — F i n a l s q u i e s ces , w i t h t h e co m p en s a t i v e l en g t h en i n g o f t h e p rec ed i n g
v o w e l : H_ > N_ a n d x _ > « _ [ a l so w r i t t en r t - f o r N _ a n d
for
6 — In i t i a l i bec om es •'.
7 — D o u b l e d co n s o n a n t s b e fo re a s h ew a a re s i mp li f ied an d t h e s h ew a i s
e l i mi n a t ed . H o w ev e r , i f t h e d o u b l ed co n s o n an t o ccu r s b e fo re a fu l l
v o w e l i n o t h e r fo rms o f t h e w o rd , t h e n t h e d o u b l i n g i s u s u a l l y r e t a i n e d
b e f o r e t h e s h e w a a l s o ( b y p a r a d i g m a t i c a n a l o g y ) .
8 — L a r y n g e a l s a n d r e s h a r e n o t d o u b l e d i n B A . I n c o m p e n s a t i o n t h e
p reced i n g v o w e l m ay b e l en g t h en ed a s fo l l o w s :
a . a l w ay s b e fo re a l ep h an d r e s h .
b . o f t en b e fo re ' ay i n .
c . onc e in BA before he .
d . never before he th (do ub l ing i s im pl ic i t ) .
In subsequen t l essons re ferences to these phonet i c ru les in Lesson 1
wi l l be abbrev ia ted as fo l lows : re ferences to the ru les fo r vowels , ( I A) , ( I C) ,
( I Q) , e t c . ; re fe rences to the ru les fo r consonan t s ( I 2 ) , ( I 7 ) , e t c .
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 21/121
4 . Vocabulary:
— m a n , m a n k i n d ( 4 ) t o n g u e ; l a n g u a g e ( 4 )
w o o d , b e a m ( 4 ) a3B*a — bed (3)d ig i t ; toe ; f inger (2 ; p i .8 ) i f a i — p r o p h e t ( 1 0 )
s?1>< — ear t h (1 ) -ini — r iver (2)
n x — s i g n ; mi rac l e (4 ) 1?? - to g ive
a nn — gold (2) •Vy — e t e rn i t y , r emo t e t i me (3 )
g e n e r a t i o n ; l i f e t i m e ( 4 ) t en
x n i — g r a s s ( 1 ) Vijj? — to ki l l
VD n — p a l ace ; t emp l e (3 ) v o i ce ; s o u n d (4 )
»•) —s eed ; > d es cen d an t s (1 ) njf— year (8 ; p i . 4 )
a p — good (4 ) a in — t o r e t u r n
I B p — (f inger) nai l ; c law (2) n in — o x , b u l l ( 4 )
an;' — to s i t ; dwel l nV^ — t h r e e
pr ies t (3 ) n an — t h e re
r |03 — s i lver (1) she kel (1)
5. Exercises: W r i t e o u t t h e c o r r e s p o n d i n g B H c o g n a t e s o f t h e w o r d s
fo u n d i n t h e v o cab u l a ry . Po i n t o u t t h e d i v e rg en c i e s i n t h e d ev e l o p men t o f t h ec o n s o n a n t s w h e r e v e r t h i s h a s o c c u r r e d .
A l s o fo r each w o rd i n t h e v o cab u l a ry l i s t t h e l e t t e r o r n u mb er o f t h e p h o n e t i c
ru le o r ru les as g iven above which app ly to tha t word .
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 22/121
L E S S O N I I
N O U N S A N D A D J E C T I V E S
1. Gender: In BA n o u n s an d ad j ec t i v es h av e t w o g en d e r s , m as cu l i n e an d
femi n i n e . T h e re is ac t u a l l y n o fo rm a l d i s t i n c t i o n b e t w ee n n o u n s an d ad j ec t iv es
i n BA . H o w ev e r , t h e qattil a n d q^til type s a re genera l ly used fo r ad jec t ives .
Mas cu l i n e n o u n s h av e n o p a r t i cu l a r en d i n g , b u t f emi n i n e n o u n s g en e ra l l y en d
in H - V , o r i . A s i n B H , s o m e f emi n i n e n o u n s h av e m as c u l i n e fo rm , l ack i n ga spec if ic f em in ine en d in g , e .g . , T " h a n d , " " e y e . " F r o m t h e s e e x a m p le s
it w i ll b e n o t ed t h a t i n BA , a s i n B H , p a r t s o f t h e b o d y w h i ch co m e i n p a i r s
a r e f emi n i n e .
2. Number: T h r e e n u m b e r s o c c u r i n B A : s i n g u l a r , d u a l , a n d p l u r a l .
T h e d u a l e n d i n g i s s o m e w h a t s i m i l a r t o t h a t o f B H , b e i n g ( s o m e t i m e s
co n t r ac ted to ]•>_)• Oc curre nce s o f th e dua l a re ra re in B A , and l ike B H , a re
a l mo s t en t i r e l y co n f i n ed t o n a t u ra l p a i r s .
3. State: I n B A t h e r e a r e t h r e e s t a t e s o f t h e n o u n : a b s o l u t e , c o n s t r u c t ,
an d emp h a t i c . T h e f i r s t t w o fu n c t i o n l i k e t h e i r BH co u n t e rp a r t s an d n eed l i t t l e
d i s cu s s i o n . T h e emp h a t i c s t a t e a l w ay s d en o t e s d e t e rmi n a t i o n i n BA . I t co r
r e s p o n d s t o t h e BH n o u n ( i n t h e ab s o l u t e s t a t e ) w i t h t h e d e f i n i t e a r t i c l e . So me
g r a m m a r i a n s p r e f e r t o s t a t e t h e m a t t e r i n a n o t h e r w a y , n a m e l y , t h a t w h e r e a s
the BH ar t i c l e i s p repos i t ive , the BA def in i t e a r t i c l e i s pos tpos i t ive : e .g . " the
k i n g " : B H iVan, BA K3"p».
N o u n s an d ad j ec t i v es a r e d ec l i n ed a s fo l l o w s :
masc. sg. fem. sg.
ab s o l u t e s t a t e k i n g a n i m a l
c o n s t r u c t s t a t e k i n g o f an i m a l o f
e m p h a t i c s t a t e t h e k i n g t h e an i m a l
ma sc. pi. fem. pi.
a b s o l u t e s t a t e k i n g s a n i m a l s
c o n s t r u c t s t a t e k ings o f nvn an i ma l s o f
e m p h a t i c s t a t e t h e k i n g sT T
t h e a n i m a l s
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 23/121
10
N o t e t h a t the f e m i n i n e p l u r a l c o n s t r u c t e n d i n g n_ c o r r e s p o n d s to the BH
n i _ (see I C).
The o r ig ina l pos tpos i t i ve a r t i c l e tt is somet imes spe l l ed n, and conversely ,t h e f e m i n i n e e n d i n g n is somet imes spe l l ed K.
N o u n s w i t h t h e g e n t i l i c e n d i n g i _ . (see I Q) end in r a t h e r t h a n K»_ in the
e m p h a t i c s t a t e p l u r a l .
Because the e m p h a t i c s t a t e is d e t e r m i n a t e or defini te it is used to i nd i ca t e
the voca t i ve : KS Va may be " O k i n g " as wel l as " the k i n g " ( e . g. Dan. 2 :29 , 31 ,
e tc . ) .
4 . Adjectival Mod ification: In BA, as in BH, the ad ject ive fo l lows as
closely as poss ib l e the n o u n it modi f ies . It a l so ag rees wi th the n o u n in n u m b e r
a n d g e n d e r [ a c t u a l g r a m m a t i c a l g e n d e r and not f o r m ] and in s t a t e of de t e r
m i n a t i o n .
H o w e v e r , the p red i ca t e ad j ec t i ve is a l w a y s in the a b s o l u t e s t a t e . T h i s is
t r u e w h e t h e r it is u sed w i th som e fo rm of t h e v e r b " to be" or w h e t h e r it occurs
w i t h o u t the v e r b " to b e . " T h u s the p re d i ca t e ad j ec t i ve wi l l ag ree wi th the n o u n
i t modi f ies in n u m b e r and g e n d e r , but not necessarily in s t a t e of d e t e r m i n a t i o n .
A l s o , a p red i ca t e ad j ec t i ve may occu r e i t he r be fo re or af ter the n o u n it modifies .
5 . The Construct Chain: T h i s is a c o m b i n a t i o n of n o u n s p e c u l i a r to
S e m i t i c , in w h i c h the f irst n ou n {nomen regens) is put in the cons t ruc t s t a t e and
t h e s e c o n d (nomen rectum) is f o u n d in BA e i t h e r in the a b s o l u t e or in the
e m p h a t i c s ta t e . The s t a t e of the nomen rectum i n d i c a t e s the d e t e r m i n a t i o n or
i n d e t e r m i n a t i o n of t h e w h o l e c o n s t r u c t c h a i n . A c o n s t r u c t c h a i n may be m o r e
t h a n two n o u n s ( t h r e e , or e v e n m o r e ) , but all e x c e p t the l a s t m u s t be in the
c o n s t r u c t s t a t e . The d e t e r m i n a t i o n or i n d e t e r m i n a t io n of t he l a s t noun (nomen
rectum) g o v e r n s all the n o u n s of the c o n s t r u c t c h a i n , no m a t t e r how l ong the
c o n s t r u c t c h a i n m i g h t be. T h e r e are t h r e e c o n s t r u c t i o n s in w h i c h a cons t ruc t
c h a i n is def in i te or d e t e r m i n a te : (1) w h e n the nomen rectum is in the e m p h a t i cs t a t e , (2) w h e n the nomen rectum is m a d e d e t e r m i n a t e by a pr on om in al suffix ,
o r (3) w h e n the nomen rectum is a p r op er na m e . T hu s o 'lB"': }^? " the k i n g of
P e r s i a " ( E z r a 4 : 2 4 ) ; upVa '^^9 "the k i n g of the k i n g s " ( E z ra 7:12) [usual ly
r e n d e r e d by the E n g l i sh i d i o m , " k i n g of k i n g s " ] ; NsVa rf? "the h o u s e of the
k i n g " ( E z r a 6:4); sna nrn " the an im al ( s ) [ co l lec t i ve ] of the field" (Dan.
2 : 3 8 ; 4:9, e t c . ) .
6. Uses of V: W h e n the l a s t e l e m e n t of a g e n i t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n is de t e r
m i n a t e in one of t h e t h r e e w a y s d i s cu s s e d a b o v e ( e m p h a t i c s t a t e ; w i t h p r o n o m inal suflBx; a p r o p e r n a m e ) , the f i rs t e lement can o n l y r e m a i n i n d e t e r m i n a t e
b y e m p l o y i n g a c i r c u m l o c u t i o n . In BA, as in BH, the p r e p o s i t i o n V is u sed for
t h i s p u r p o s e : an Vx ftr"? 'qV? " a g r e a t k i n g of I s ra e l " (Ezra 5 :11 ) .
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 24/121
11
I t is e x tr e m e ly i m p o r t a n t to n o t e t h a t BA uses the p re po si t i on *? to in d ica t e
th e direct ob jec t , in a d d i t i o n to r e t a i n i n g the c o m m o n u s e s for b (a lso found
i n B H ) t o express the ind i r ec t ob jec t , the e th i ca l d a t iv e , p u rp o se , and d i r ec t io n .T h e s t u d e n t of BA mu s t d e t e rm in e sy n tac t i ca l ly by the c o n t e x t w h e t h e r •? is
express ing a d i rec t ob jec t or an ind i re c t ob jec t .
7. The Direct Object and n \ In BA the d i r ec t o b jec t is o f ten expressed
b y th e n o u n (o r p ro n o u n ) a lo n e , as wel l as be ing ind i ca te d by the use o f the p re p
o s i t i o n "? (see sec. 6, a b o v e ) . In t h i s c o n n e c t i o n , the one o ccu r r en ce of the
p a r t i c l e n; used as the sign of the d i r ec t o b jec t sh o u ld be m e n t i o n e d (cf the
usage of BH m). In th i s one passa ge (Da nie l 3 :12) , is a t t a ch e d d i r ec t ly to
the th i rd person mascu l ine p lu ra l p ronominal su f f ix prt - (see II I, sec. 3).
8. Vocabulary:
f a t h e r (10) n x p — h u n d r e d
g o d ; > God (4) • ange l (3)
t h o u s a n d (1) naVa — q u e e n (7)
n i? — t o b u i ld (pm — c o p p e r ; b r o n z e (4)
Vsja — o wn er , l o rd (1) V s i - to fa l l (down)i t o a — flesh (2)
i s p — b o o k (1)
")?? — m a n (1) ^ 3 » — t o do, m a k e
n r n —T ••
b eas t , an ima l (7) atos? — h e r b s , g r a ss (1)
a ^ s n — wise (4) V n B — i r o n (3)
T — h a n d ; p o w e r (3) D V ? - s t a t u e ; i m a g e (1)
S? T — t o k n o w b i r d (3)
by — t o be ab le ; p r ev a i l h o l y (4)
sign of the d i re c t ob jec t I P S I — head , ch ie f (10)
n » 3 — h o w D — n a m e (10)
a a * ? - h e a r t (5) 8^18^ — r o o t (1)
n i g h t (3) rinri — u n d e r
w h y ? for w h a t p u r p o s e ?
> lest
rinri —
9 . Exercises: T r a n s l a t e the f o l lo win g :
Nni-n nnair? xnas X?T(4)
NyiK*? nVx na» (e)"?» siax j B i nipa (8 )
pnxa pnin (11) f B '? X (10)
xaify ninn xnaa sin nij'? (13)
IT-ip.psVa (1)
an-] xa^s B>sn (3)
Nn?'7a aH swan Vsa (5)V n ^ N f i x aaVi itoa S T(7)
KjV Va nNjaiVp Cs)
Kp-Bs"? n:a"? saVa nia (12)
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 25/121
12
LESSON III
INDEPENDENT PERSONAL PRONOUNS A N D SUFFIXES ON NOUNS
1. Independent Personal Pronouns: In BA some of the independent
personal pronouns occur infrequently, or not at all, and the others may occur
in variant forms. Those which do occur in BA are as follows:
Singular Person Plural
rm I 1 vxmvi we
nWN you (masc.) [Kethib] 2 p n i N you (masc.)
you (masc.) [Qere]
Nin he 3 p i s ,]ian ,ian they (masc.)
S-'H she 3 p3S they (fem.)
Note that there is no occurrence of the second person feminine singular in
BA. The first person singular occurs with the variant ending s _ , and con
versely, the first person plural occurs with the variant ending ri - . The form
ian occurs only in Ezra and pan only in Daniel, but pas is found in both
books.
In BA, as in BH, there are instances where the Masoretic tradition has
modified that which was actually "writt en" (a'ris) in th e consonantal text so
that it was to be pronounced or " read" (sij?) with a different vocalization.
Note that one impor tan t grammatical case of Kethib-Qere occurs in the second
person masculine singular of the independent personal pronouns.
2. Uses of the Independent Personal Pronouns:
(A) The independent personal pronoun can be used as the subject of a verb or
sentence n i s S?T " I know [participle]" (Dan. 2:8) and also pn?S snv
p33T "you are buying [part.] the time" (idiomatic for "you are trying
to gain time").
(B) The third person of the independent pronoun can function as a copula,either for nouns or for other personal pronouns: pn"?S nVs Sin psnVs
"your Go d is a Go d of gods" (Dan. 2:47); n^S" S i n - n ^ l S " yo u are the
head"(Dan. 2:38); '•nnas ian S j m s "we are His servants" (Ezra 5:11).
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 26/121
13
(C) The independent personal pronoun can be used to emphasize a preceding
suffix: njx •'lai " an d I, even 1" or "an d as for me, even m e " (Ez ra 7:21).
(D) Occasionally the independent personal pronoun is used similarly to an
article in giving determination to a noun, but it comes before the noun
rather than after: x a b s Kin "//le s tatue" or "///a/statue" (Dan. 2:32).
(E) The third person plural is used to express the object of a verb as well as
the subject since there is no third person p lural in BA for pronominal
suffixes attached to verbs: pan bisp_ " i t killed them" (Dan. 3:22);
"iSHDia: T 3 ian a n ' " H e gave them into the power of Nebuchadnezzar"
(Ezra 5:12).
3. Pronominal Suffixes on Nouns: In BA there is no occurrence ofeither feminine singular or feminine plural of the second person pronomina l
suffixes, hence they are omitted in the paradigms below. There is also no
occurrence of some of the other forms attached to feminine nouns, but these are
included in the paradigms for the sake of completeness.
Nouns in the Singular
Masculine Feminine
' a r my day 'nrn• ]av your day (masc. sing.) "^nvn
n a r his day nrii"'n
n a r her day nr^n
Niai- ou r day Kinrn
p s a i " your day (masc. pi.) pariDTl
p n a v their day (masc. pi.) p n p r n
| n a r their day (fem. pi.) p l i v n
my animalyour animal (masc. sing.)
his animal
her animal
our animal
your animal (masc. pi .)
their animal (masc. pi. )
their animal (fem. pi.)
Also occurring are the alternate endings DD- and Dh_ for p 3 _ and pn_,on singular and plural nouns both.
Masculine
Nouns in the Plural
Feminine
••ai'' my days
your days [Kethib]
(masc.sing.)
your days [Qere]
••niai'' his days
n^ai"- her days [Kethib]
n n i - her days [Qere]
"•rirn my animals
•qnvn your animals (masc. sing.)
n n r n his animals
n r r n her animals
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 27/121
14
M a s c u l i n e ( c o n t i n u e d )
Kj^ar our d a y s [ K e t h i b ]
tdsv our d ay s [Q ere ]f D ' a r y o u r d a y s (m a s c . p l .)
]in''ai'' t h e i r d a y s (m a s c . p l . )
t h e i r d a y s ( f e m . p l .)
F e m i n i n e ( c o n t i n u e d )
o u r a n i m a l s
p D n r n y o u r a n i m a l s (m a s c . p l .)
pnnrn t h e i r a n i m a l s (m a s c . p l .)
]nnvn t h e i r a n i m a l s (fem.p l . )
T h e Q e r e f o r m s of the suffixes on the m a s c u l i n e p l u r a l n o u n s are bes t ex
p l a i n e d as a n a l o g i c a l e x t e n s i o n s fr o m t h o s e on the s i n g u l a r n o u n .
4.(A )
(B)
(C)
( D )
(E)
Uses of the Pronominal Suffixes:
T h e y are m o s t c o m m o n l y u s e d w i t h n o u n s to d e n o t e p o s s e s si o n , but o t h e r
g e n i t i v e r e l a t i o n s h i p s can a l so be ex p re s s ed in t h i s way.
T h e y are a t t a c h e d d i r e c t ly to p r e p o s i t i o n s , as in BH.
T h e r e t ro s p ec t i v e p ro n o mi n a l s u f f i x is o f t en fo u n d in a re la t ive c lause
i n t r o d u c e d by to i n d i c a t e c a s e : nistpa nVehT'a '•n bxn&r nVxl?
" t o the God o f I s rae l wAoje a bo de is at J e r u s a l e m " [ l it . " w h o in J e ru s a l em
H i s a b o d e " ] ( E z r a 7 : 1 5 ) .
T h e p ro s p ec t i v e p ro n o mi n a l s u f f i x is c o m m o n in BA. It a n t i c i p a t e s , as it
w e r e , a p h r a s e i n t r o d u c e d by n w h i c h e x p l a i n s i t : ''riinjV is?
X»aB> n V x - n "we are the s e r v a n t s of the God of h e a v e n " [lit. "Hi s
s e rv an t s " of the God of h e av en " ] (E z ra 5 : 1 1 ) .
C l o s e l y r e l a t ed to the u s a g e s of the suffixes discussed in B and D ab o v e ,
i s t h e i r use in a d e m o n s t r a t i v e s e n s e , w i t h the m e a ni ng " t h a t " or " the
s a m e " : Vxrina aa " in that D a n i e l " or "in the same D a n i e l " [lit. " in
h i m , in D a n i e l " ] (Dan. 5 : 1 2 ) . T h i s u s ag e is f r e q u e n t in ex p re s s i o n s of
t i m e : " a t th a t t i m e " or " a t the s a m e t i m e " ( E z r a 5:3; Dan. 3:7, 8; e tc . ) .
W i t h a f e m i n i n e n o u n , aa is u s e d r a t h e r t h a n aa: "a t t h a t h o u r ( m o m e n t ) "o r "i n the s am e h o u r ( m o m e n t ) " (D a n . 3:6; e tc . ) .
5. Vocabulary:
a i K - lfan — t h e y , t h o s e [ m a s c ]
p j ^ — t h ey , t h o s e [ f em. ]
arilS — you [mas c . s i n g . ]
pBSK — you [ m a s c . pi.]
1 3 — son [ s i n g u l a r o n l y ] (3)
p ^ l — sons [used in the p l u r a l ] (4)
as — p it , den (5)
"•'I— a) s i g n of the g en i t i v e :
of, etc.
b ) r e l a t iv e p r o n o u n :
w h i c h , t h a t , etc.
c ) c o n j u n c t i o n : t h a t ,
fo r , so t h a t , in o rd e r
t h a t , b e c a u s e , etc.
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 28/121
15
i a n — they [masc. ]
p a n — t h e y [ m a s c ]
]3T — to buy
an^ — to give
n i n ^ — J ew, J ewi sh
]3 (?a — a b o d e (3)
w o m e n [ p l u r a l ] (10)
s e r v a n t (1)
n v - t i m e ; > y e a r (4)( p a e l ) to kill
na" — t o t h r o w ; p l a c e ; i m p o s e
(a tax)
h e a v e n ; sky (4)
6. Exercises: T r a n s l a t e the fo l l owing :
X \T(^ pn-'ia pjx nan xninx aiVi (i)
a r n a x K p D - j n a i V B j ? (2)
Vsnr-V -la xin nwx (3)
"niB i"? Vpn N i q a an (4)
K 3 1 vmti aV 1 3 » niN (5)
xaVa 'la pan loniK (6)
•Vi iTa n. xnia^ n xwai ian pnix (7)
K » l j p _ ' ^ p j S (8)
a-iaV X33t?^a wn x n a 1 3 1 (9)I-'PVX *f? pVpn a"? ari''a'? xa"-? an n xiTsa (10)
ana"? 3 1 3 T xnv as (11)
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 29/121
16
LESSON IV
OTHER PRONOUNS
1. Demonstrative Pronouns: In BA th e following demonst rative pronouns
may also be used substantivally or adjectivally:
Masculine Singular Common Plural
nn this nVx these
Feminine Singular (n)"?N these
NT this pVx these
Note the Kethib-Qere situation in the sole occurrence of bvi. There is also
one occurrence of the alternate fpH for fbVi.
The following demonstrative pronouns are always used adjectivally in BA:
Masculine Singular Common Singular
that P' l that
Feminine Singular Common Plural
•q" that r\bvi those
In addition to these demonstrative pronouns in BA, the independent personal
pronouns may be used as demonstratives (see III, sec. 2 D) .
2. The Pronoun •''i: Related to the Arabic i ("that of" or "possessoro f " ) , • ' • ' I is an uninflected form tha t has a variety of uses in BA. It can be used as
a relative pronoun. As a simple relative it means "who," "which," "that," etc.
Because it does not denote case, this must be expressed either by a subsequent
word or by the context. For example, it may be used with a retrospective
pronominal suffix: ni?l?a D|?BhT3 n VxniT TibHb " t o the God of Israel
wAoic abode is a t Jerusalem" (Ezra 7:15); n^-nbe n n i N -"l r]n'?K "your God
whom you serve [participle]" (Dan. 6:17).
As a compound relative, it has a function both in the main clause and inthe subordinate clause, and means "who ," "whoever," "whatever," "wha t,"
"he who," etc. n T ? xnip?-''l xVl " and there is none who can stay His
power" (Da n. 4:32 [35])."
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 30/121
17
ex i s t ence ; t he re i s ( a re ) th i s [ fem. ]
these ^1- t ha t [ f em. ]f Vx — these t h a t [ m a s c ]
those ; ( t hese ) 1 ? 1 - t ha t [ com. ]
m i 3 j —T
migh t n n - t h i s ( i s ) [ m a s c ]
I t can a l so be used t o expres s t he gen i t i ve ( s ee t he vocabu la ry , Les son I I I ) :
X B p p i nnni ''T x n " ? N " n ' ' 3 •'isa " t h e ves se l s o f go ld an d si lve r o f t he T em pl e"
[liV. " h o u s e o f G o d " ] ( E z r a 6 : 5 . ) .S t an d ing a lon e , i t o f t en has t he fo rce o f a su bo rd ina t e con jun c t i on , w hose
exac t me an ing m us t be ga th e red f rom the co n t e x t (s ee t he voc abu la ry . L es son
III) . I t i s o f ten found i n co m po un d co n ju nc t i on s .
I t is a l s o c o m p o u n d e d w i t h t h e p r e p o s i t i o n s : " w h e n , " " a s s o o n a s . "
3. Independent Possessive Pronouns: I n B A t h e r e a r e n o s e p a r a t e i n d e p e n d
en t pos ses s ive p ro no un s , bu t t hey may be fo rm ed by us ing t h e r e l a t i ve p ro no un
•"T fo l lowed by a pr on om in al suff ix a t ta ch ed d i re ct ly to th e pr ep os i t io n "?:
X-'n-n"? •'1 Krni3M xn aD n " w i s d o m a n d m i g h t a r e His ( D a n . 2 : 2 0 ) .
4. Interrogative Pronouns: I n B A t h e r e a r e t w o i n t e r r o g a t i v e p r o n o u n s ,
-JO " w h o ? " a n d n a " w h a t ? "
Th e i n t e r rog a t i ve p ro no un i s som et im es used as a r e l a t i ve , som et im es a lo ne ,
bu t u sua l l y as a compound ( i ndef in i t e ) r e l a t i ve p ronoun . In t h i s l a s t func t i on
i t i s u sua l l y co m po un de d wi th ''l-'pi " w h o e v e r " o r " w h o s o e v e r , " a n d
• " i n a " w h a t e v e r . " " W h a t e v e r " is less f req uen t ly expressed in BA by e i th er
na o r n a l o n e .
T h e i n t e r r o g a t i v e n a i s a l s o f r e q u e n t l y c o m p o u n d e d w i t h v a r i o u s p r e p o s i t i o n s : n a ? " h o w " na"? " f o r w h a t p u r p o s e ? " " w h y ? " a n d na-Vx? " w h e r e
f o r e ? " " w h y ? "
5. Indefinite Pronouns: Bes ides t he i ndef in i t e r e l a t i ve p r on ou ns d i scussed
above , t he re a re o t he r i ndef in i te p r on ou ns i n B A :
(A) Th e i dea o f "o ne a n o th er " is exp res sed i n BA by t h e r ep e t i t i o n o f t he
d e m o n s t r a t i v e : n n - D » n n " w i t h o n e a n o t h e r " ( D a n . 2 : 43 ) .
(B) In BA the i ndef in i t e p r on ou n 73 o r -V s [from kull: see I G and I] is
mo s t f r equen t ly used ad j ec ti va l ly w i th t he fo l l owing m ea n in gs :
( 1 ) B e f o r e a d e t e r m i n a t e s i n g u l a r n o u n , i t m e a n s " a l l , " " t h e w h o l e . "
(2 ) Befo re an i nde t e rmina t e s i ngu l a r noun , i t means "every . "
(3 ) Befo re a p lu ra l noun , i t means "a l l . "
6. Vocabulary:
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 31/121
1*73 — w h e n , as s o o n as p — w h o ?
]«a — vessel (4) n-ja — w h o e v e r
xna — ( p a e l ) t o c h e c k , p r e v e n t ; na- 7» — why ? where fo re ?s t a y nVe — to s e r v e ; w o r s h i p (God)
7. Exercises: T r a n s l a t e the fo l l owing :
VV3 •"I a ?N N i a - | a i (i)
aa fB Tj? faVx-nn '•aVi? ufs nsx^pVa aattf-n 7N«3 xjai?* aVx nV? (2)
Niaa*? a n xixai s i-xnrn xaVa ani aaV xjaDnn a n (3)
]iaa nVri f x n a a (4)
• jV snniai n NB"?? s i a - N W N (5)
xrisi 733 NNn-NT xVa (e)
X3"?a'apn x n a s (7)
Nia N»a»" n an p i 'rxy'r (9)
•jx N n n p a axa »3 IH fIBB^JP ••ri''N (10)
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 32/121
19
LESSON V
THE VERBAL SYSTEM: T H E PERFECT
1. The Conjugations: In the verbal system of BA are found some con
jugations which are either not used in BH, or occur only extremely infrequently.
Others found in BH (e.g. Niphal, Pual) do not occur in BA. In spite of these
differences, however, the verbal system of BA is basically similar to that of B H .
Active
Simple System Peal Voj?
[Stative "rppj
"Intensive" System Pael Vpp.
Causative System Haphel btJjrn
Aphel "jajptf:
Shaphel VppE*
Passive Reflexive
Peil V 'Op. Hithpeel Vppnn
Hophal Vppn
Hithpaal Vpp.pn
Hishtaphal Vppritfri
In BA most of the conjugations have the Perfect, the Imperfect, the Impera
tive, the Infinitive, and the Participle(s). Other conjugations (not on the above
chart) will be discussed in subsequent chapters.
2. Development of the Conjugations: The development of the original
Proto-Semitic conjugations into their BA forms is generally considered to have
occurred as follows:
Peal: •Vpp>Vpp (shift of accent and loss of final vowel) > "rpp,
(see I A and B).[Stative] • ' 7 B p > Vpp (shift of accent and loss of final vowel) > Vpp,
(see I A and B).
Pael: *'?pp> "?pp (shift of accent and loss of final vowel) > Vsp.
(analogical extension of the characteristic vowel of the imperfect
to the perfect) > 7Bp_ (see I H) .
Haphel: •'?ppn> 'rppn (shift of accent and loss of final vowel) > Vppn
(analogical extension of the characteristic vowel of the imperfect
to the perfect) > "pppg (see I H).Aphel: •'?BpN> VpjPX (shift of accent and loss of final vowel) > VppjN
(analogical extension of the characteristic vowel of the imperfect
to the perfect) > VpplS.
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 33/121
2 0
S h a p h e l : • V p j ? ^ > "rpj?^ (shift of a c c e n t and loss of final vowel) > bppv
( a n a l o g i c a l e x t e n s i o n of the c h a r a c t e r i s t i c v o w e l of the imperfec t
t o the p e r f ec t ) .P e i l : \>''0p (no o r i g i n a l P r o t o - S e m i t i c c o n j u g a t i o n , but s imply the use of the
Pea l Pas s i v e Pa r t i c i p l e as a f in i t e verb wi th personal end ings added to it) .
H o p h a l : *VBi?n > Vppn ( sh i f t of a c c e n t and loss of final vowel) > bppn
( s e e I G ) . ' '
H i t h p e e l : •Vopnri > Vppnn ( sh i f t of a c c e n t and loss of final vowel) > VBpnn
(see I A and B) > Vpjrnn ( a n a l o g i c a l e x t e n s i o n of the ch a rac t e r i s t i c v o w e l
o f the i m p e r f e c t to the p e r f e c t ) > ' jBpnn (see I H) .
H i t h p a a l : *b^p_r\rf > "?B|?nri (shift of a c c e n t and loss of f inal vowel) .H i s h t a p h a l : bpppnn > Vop^nn (shi f t of a c c e n t and loss of final vowel)
> '?pj?ri ir 'n (metathesis of t and n) .
I n BA, as in BH, t h e r e o c c u r s in c e r t a i n of the d e r i v ed co n j u g a t i o n s the
t r a n s p o s i t i o n of a n w i t h a s u c c e e d i n g s i b i l a n t . T h i s t r a n s p o s i t i o n is usual ly
c a l l e d " m e t a t h e s i s . " The H i s h t a p h a l f u r n is h es a g o o d e x a m p l e of me t a t h es i s
a n d it a l s o o c c u r s n o r m a l l y in the H i t h p e e l and H i t h p a a l of ro o t s b eg i n n i n g
w i t h s i b i l a n t s . If the s i b i l a n t is s , the r may p a r t i a l l y a s s i m i l a t e to a D . If the
s i b i l a n t is a T, the a s s i m i l a t i o n is c o m p l e t e , and the i is d o u b l e d .C o m p l e t e a s s i m i l a t i o n of n to a fo l l o w i n g i n i t i a l d en t a l w o u l d a l s o be ex
p e c t e d in BA, t h o u g h t h e r e are no c e r t a i n o c c u r r e n c e s .
3 . Stative Forms: In BA, as in BH, t h e s e are d i s t i n g u i s h ed f ro m the ac t ive
f o r m s in the s i m p l e c o n j u g a t i o n . H o w e v e r , in BA t h e y are res t r icted to the
q a t i l t y p e in the p e r f ec t , w i t h no o c c u r r e n c e s of the q a t u l t y p e . T h i s q a t i l t y p e
o c c u r s w i t h e i t h e r _ or _ in the final syllable (see I H) : ij p " to pay h o m a g e
( t o ) ; " anpj " t o d r a w n e a r ; a p p r o a c h . "
T h e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c v o w e l of the i m p e r f e c t of the s t a t i v e v e rb s is usua l ly a:
Vf^b ; "he wi l l be c l o t h e d , " a l t h o u g h the u s u a l n o n - s t a t i v e u a l so occ urs ,
tip'; "he wi l l pay h o m a g e ( t o ) . " T h e s e fo r m s are ca l l ed " s t a t i v e" b ecau s e t h ey
u s u a l l y d e n o t e a s t a t e or c o n d i t i o n . H o w e v e r , the s o -ca ll ed " s t a t i v e s " (w h i ch
a r e s u c h in f o r m at l e a s t ) do not n e c e s s a r il y p r e s e n t u n i f o r m c o r r e s p o n d e n c e
b e t w e e n BA and B H (or o t h e r S e m i t ic la n g u a g e s ) as to t h i s ch a rac t e r i s t i c v o w e l
i n the p e r f e c t : BA an^ " t o si t, " bu t BH a^; " t o s it . "
4. Conjugation of the Perfect: In BA m o s t g r a m m a r i a n s h a v e f o un d itc o n v e n i e n t to use ana for the p a r a d i g m s , r a t h e r t h a n u s i ng the ear l i e r bvt
o r the l a t e r V D J? of BH g r a m m a r i an s . The Pea l Per fec t of the r eg u l a r ( s t ro n g )
v e r b of BA is c o n j u g a t e d as f o l l o w s :
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 34/121
21
A ct i v e
a n a he w r o t e
n a n s she w r o t e
n a n a you w r o t e
n a n a I w r o t e
l a n a t h e y w r o t e
n a n a t h e y w r o t e
j i n a n a you w r o t e
X i a n a we w r o t e
Singular
P e r s o n
3 (mas c . )
3 ( fem.)
2 ( m a s c . )
1 ( co m. )
Plural
3 (mas c . )
3 (fem.)
2 (mas c . )
1 ( co m. )
S t a t i v e
anp he a p p r o a c h e d
na"]i? she a p p r o a c h e d
nanp you a p p r o a c h e d
nanj? I a p p r o a c h e d
lanj? t h e y a p p r o a c h e d
nanj? t h e y a p p r o a c h e d
iwanj? you a p p r o a c h e d
N ian i? we a p p r o a c h e d
T h e s eco n d p e r s o n mas cu l i n e s i n g u l a r a l s o has the v a r i a n t f o r m s nnana
a n d n a n a . The sa m e v a r i a n t e n d i n g s m a y be fo u n d in t h e d e r i v ed co n j u g a t i o n s .
5. Uses of the Perfect: In BA, as in BH, the p e r f ec t can be u s ed in a
var ie ty of r e l a t i o n s h i p s to t h e e l e m e n t of t i m e , and h e n c e it may be t r a n s l a t e d
by severa l d i f fe ren t Engl i sh t enses . Examples of the m o s t c o m m o n u s es of the
perfec t are l i s t ed b e l o w :
(A ) H i s t o r i ca l p e r f ec t : Vaa-Tiba nsnaiai r a ian an "He gave t h e m
i n t o the p o w e r of N e b u c h a d n e z z a r , the k i n g of B ab y l o n " (E z ra 5 : 1 2) .
( B ) P r e s e n t : ' 3 pirip. pnVx rn'T''7 n S T njx "1 know t h a t the s p i r i t of the
holy gods is in you" (D an . 4 : 6 [9 ] ) .( C ) F u t u r e : nsb T^TTi : Kjatp-Va n i n n niaVa n sniani wpV^i nniaVai
pi'Vy "a nd the k i n g d o m and the d o m i n i o n and the g r e a t n e s s of
t h e k i n g d o m s u n d e r all the h e a v e n s will be given to the p e o p l e of the
s a i n t s of the M o s t H i g h " (Dan. 7:27) .
(D ) P re s en t p e r f ec t : njn-ba Vap'Va -qaaV ^btvT\ xV nsxB^'pa nn s nn?Nl
n s T "but you, his son, O Be l s h azza r , h av e not h u m b l e d y o u r h e a r t ,
a l t h o u g h you have known all t h i s " (Dan. 5:22) .
(E ) P l u p e r f ec t : "la pBin i s n a w ? n x E p a i narji •'i snV ^-n^ a-n xjixaaVirnT'a ""T xVa n " the vessels of go ld and s i lver of the h o u s e of God
w h i c h N e b u c h a d n e z z a r had taken out of the T e m p l e w h i c h is at
J e ru s a l em" (E z ra 5 : 1 4 ) .
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 35/121
2 2
6 . Vocabulary:
T-i^ — t h e n p D l — (h ap h e l ) to tak e (o u t )
b e c a u s e , a l t h o u g h nip — t o pay h o m a g e to
ana — t o wr i t e t h e M o s t H i g h (4)
a n a - w r i t i n g , d o c u m e n t . before ; because
i n s c r i p t i o n (4) t o d r a w n e a r ; ap
B>aV — t o be c l o t h e d w i t h ; p r o a c h
wea r lan — g r e a t n e s s (9)
wVa — k i n g s h i p ; r e i g n ; d o m i n i o n (4)
k i n g d o m (9) ( h a p h e l and aphel )
p-«-r? - s ince t o h u m b l e ; h u m i l t o go out ia te
7. Exercises: T r a n s l a t e the f o l lo w in g :
nn-jiaia nVa: (4)
s;'p->Va ribpi (6)
xabs •?» p N nan (s)
N;air* nVx Kan snVH xifip (10)
n^aniat (1)
NBpai Nani Nian (3)
Nynx'rsnan^ (5)
N N""?? fnVPi? (7)
KVyn ]a ppi Nina (9)
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 36/121
23
LESSON VI
THE VERBAL SYSTEM: THE IMPERFECT, THE INFINITIVE, ETC.
L Conjugation of the Imperfect: The so-called "characteristic vowel"
[the vowel after the second root consonant] of the imperfect is usually u.
However, the stative verbs have a more frequently than u as this characteristic
vowel (see V, sec. 3). The Peal Imperfect of the regular (strong) verb of BA is
conjugated as follows:
Singular
Active Person Stative
he will write 3 (masc. ) he will approach
she will write 3 (fem.) she will approach
a n a n you will write 2 (masc.) you will approach
anai? I will write 1 (com.) I will approach
Plural
pana? they will write 3 (masc.) they will approach
they will write 3 (fem.) they will approach
panan you will write 2 (masc.) panpn you will approach
we will write 1 (com.) we will approach
The first person singular may also have the variant form a r i p K .
2 . Uses of the Imperfect: In BA, as in BH, the imperfect is used ord i
narily with a present or future meaning. However, in both languages its use is
not confined to these meanings only. Some of the most common uses of the
imperfect in BA are as follows:
(A) Future: s y - i N - b a a tjVtt?n ••7 "which will rule over the whole ea rth"
(Dan. 2:39).'
(B) Present: au?^ N a s ^ V l ^ V i N B'JN maVaa N'Vv ti'Viy-n "until
you know that the Most High is ruler [mighty] in the kingdom of men,
and He gives it to whomever He wishes' (Dan. 4:22[25]).
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 37/121
2 4
( C ) P a s t : t h i s use usua l ly fo l lows a p e r f ec t to i n d i c a t e s i mu l t an eo u s ac t i o n
[it has no r e l a t i o n s h i p to the BH "waw c o n s e c u t i v e , " but occurs e i ther
w i t h or w i t h o u t the a t t a c h e d waw]: N DIPV xpa? nipni 1j?ni na"l 'T" w h i c h g r e w (up) and b e c a m e s t r o n g and w h o s e h e i g h t reached to the
h e a v e n s " (Dan. 4 :17[2 0]) .
( D ) J u s s iv e , O p t a t i v e , C o h o r t a t i v e ( v o li t iv e i d e a s ) : saVs ""TU n"'3-ja |nw
give [it] f rom the k i n g ' s t r e a s u r y " [lit. " th e h o u s e of the t r ea s u re s of
t h e k i n g " ] ( E z r a 7 : 2 0 ) ; a ? ari'n;' nvn aa"?1 "and let the h e a r t of an
a n i m a l be given to him" (Dan. 4 :13[16]) .
In mo s t ca s e s the f o r m of the j u s s i v e is i d e n t i c a l to t h a t of the imperfec t .
H o w e v e r , t h e j u s s i v e of t h e t h i r d p e r s o n m a s c u l i n e p l u r a l may be i n d i c a t e d in
w e a k v e r b s by the e l i s i o n of the final nun: nax;; " let t h e m p e r i s h " ( J e r . 1 0 : 11 )
[ s o me p re fe r h e re the r e n d e r i n g , " t h e y w i ll p e r i s h " ] .
3. The Infinitive: In BA o n l y one fo rm of th e in f in i t ive is f o u n d in the Pea l
c o n j u g a t i o n , and t h u s BA d o e s not h a v e in t h i s c o n j u g a t i o n the d i s t i n c t i o n
b e t w e e n the i n f in i t iv e ab s o l u t e and the i n f in i ti v e c o n s t ru c t fo u n d in BH. H o w
ev e r , t h i s d i s t i n c t i o n is m a i n t a i n e d in the d e r i v ed co n j u g a t i o n s , in w h i c h the
in f in i t ives have the a p p a r e n t l y f e m i n in e e n d i n g ri- (see V I I I , sec. 1). T h i s
e n d i n g is not a t r u e f e m i n i n e e n d i n g , but does fo l low the f emi n i n e in h av i n g
f o r m s e n d i n g in ri- for the i n f in i ti v e c o n s t r u c t . H o w e v e r , in these der ived
c o n j u g a t i o n s the e n d i n g ni- is f o u n d on the i n f i n i t i v e co n s t ru c t fo rms to
which suflSxes are ad d e d . O ccas i o n a l l y t h i s l a t t e r fo rm of the inf ini t ive occur
r i n g w i t h o u t a suflSx is u s ed in p l a c e of the usu a l in f in it ive co ns t ru c t fo rm
e n d i n g in n_.
I n u s a g e , the BA inf in i t ive f ol low s closely its BH c o u n t e r p a r t . The ob jec t
o f the in f in i t ive may c o m e e i t h e r b e f o r e or a f t e r the inf ini t ive itself, and usual ly
h a s •? as the s ign of t h e d i r e c t o b j e c t (see II , sec. 6). In the s i mp l e co n j u g a t i o n
the in f in i t ive is r eg u l a r l y d i s t i n g u i s h ed by a p r e f o r m a t i v e mem (the infinit iveso f the d e r i v ed co n j u g a t i o n s w i ll be d i s cu s sed s u b s eq u en t l y ) . T h u s the Pea l
In f in i t ive of the r eg u l a r ( s t ro n g ) v e rb is aripa " t o w r i t e . "
H o w e v e r , in a few i n s t a n c e s t h e r e are o c c u r r e n c e s of a Pea l In f in i t ive in a
w e a k v e r b w i t h o u t t h i s p r e f o r m a t i v e mem: siaV " t o b u i l d " ( Ez ra 5:3; e t c . ) .
4. The Imperative: In the s i m p l e c o n j u g a t i o n the i m p e r a t i v e has the s ame
c h a r a c t e r i s t i c v o w e l as the i m p e r f e c t (see a b o v e ) . The e n d i n g s are s h o r t , p r e
s u m a b l y c o r r e s p o n d i n g to the j u s s i v e r a t h e r t h a n to the i m p e r f e c t . The Pea l
I m p e r a t i v e f o r m s o c c u r r i n g in BA are as fo l lo w s ( t h e re is no a t t e s t a t i o n in BAo f a f e m i n i n e p l u r a l i m p e r a t i v e ) :
ana ( m a s c . s i n g . ) "-ana ( f em. s i n g . ) a n a (m a s c . p l . )
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 38/121
2 5
In BA the i m p e r a t i v e has the n o r m a l u se s fo u n d in BH, and l i k e i ts c o u n t e r
p a r t in B H , c a n n o t be u sed wi th a n e g a t i v e . T h e n e g a t i v e i m p e r a t i v e is expressed
by the use of "?s w i th th e ju ss iv e (or w i t h the o r d i n a r y i m p e r f e c t if t h e r e is nod i s t in c t ly ju ss iv e fo rm) : n3inri"'?K V33 •'a-'Sn'? not destroy the w i se men
o f B a b y l o n " (Dan. 2:24) .
5. The P articiples: In B A , as in B H , the p a r t i c i p l e s are used bo th verba l ly
an d n o m in a l ly . Th ey may be dec l ined as any o t h e r n o u n or ad jec t iv e . As a n o u n
or adject ive the p a r t i c ip l e is t ime le ss . In BA the ac t iv e p a r t i c ip l e of the s imple
co n ju g a t io n is an ad jec t ive typ e , q&t il , wh ich app ear s w i th e i th er _ or _ in the
final syllable (see I H ) . The Pea l Ac t iv e Pa r t i c ip l e of the regu lar ( s t ron g) verb
of BA is dec l ined as fo l lows:
( 3 r i 3 ) 3 r i 3 ( m a s c . s i n g . ) p s n s (m a s c . p l . )
nsns (fem. s ing . ) ] 3n3 (fem. pi. )
The pass ive par t ic ip le of the s imp le co n ju g a t io n is the q a t i l t y p e . The Peal
Pass ive Par t ic ip le of the regu lar ( s t ro ng) ve rb of BA is d ec l in ed as f o l lo ws :
TTO (m asc . s ing . ) f? ' ' ' ^? (m asc . pi. )
HTriS (fem. s ing . ) jTr iS (fem. pi .)
6. Uses of the Active Participle: The m o s t c o m m o n v e r b a l use of the
par t ic ip le in BA is to ex p re ss p r e sen t t ime . Ho wev e r , as a v e r b , the ac t ive
p a r t i c ip l e is used to express v i r tua l ly all of the s a m e p o i n t s of t i m e as the
imper fec t , wi th the c o n t e x t d e t e r m i n i n g the spec i f ic po in t of t i m e . T h u s the
use of the p a r t i c ip l e in s t ead o f ' t h e imp er f ec t is c o m m o n l y f o u n d in all the
Aramaic l an g u ag es and d i a l e c t s , and it even f ilte red i n to post -Bib l ica l H eb re w .
Th e p a r t i c ip l e is c o m m o n l y u s e d for the f o l lo win g :
( A ) F u t u r e : ( a l o n e , or o f t en wi th the imp e r f ec t of n i n ) : X TfXi "qb V.fi'A p i
" a n d you will be driven ow/ f rom m a n k in d " [ l i t . " ( t he y) wi l l d r ive you ou t" ]
(Dan . 4 :29[32] ) .
(B) Presen t : aV-nVs r\xm •'T -^Thv, " y o u r God w h o m you serve (Dan.
6:17) ; th is usage can be m a d e e m p h a t i c by the a d d i t i o n of • 'TpV.: ^''Trv.'n
Vna "are you really a b l e ? " (Dan. 2:26) .
(C) Pa s t : ( a lo n e , or w i t h the per fec t of 7\'\T\): NaVsJ nai' -p T]T Nnn ,?nxifl a ppVa-Vy " t h a t t o w n f r om d a y s of old has risen up a g a i n s t
k i n g s " (Ez ra 4 :1 9 ) ; Vpj? mn xas Nin-n " w h o m he wished, killed
(Dan. 5:19) .
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 39/121
2 6
( D ) J u s s i v e : fSl\r\1? Qbb "and let it be known to you" [lit. "let ( them)
m a k e ( i t) k n o w n to y o u " ] ( E z r a 7:24).
(E ) Its use (i s ) v e ry co m m o n in the ex p re ssio n "an sw ered and s a i d " or "answered , say in g " (u su a lly b o th v e rb s are p a r t i c ip l e s , b u t not necessar i ly so):
naxi NaVa n?» " the k i n g answered and said (Da n. 6:17[16]); p a w i l S ?
" t h e y an swered [p ea l p e r f ec t ] and said (Dan. 6:14[13]).
7. Uses of the Passive Participle: In BA th e pass ive par t i c ip le is f requen t ly
used as a p r ed ica t e ad jec t iv e ( so m e t imes as an adject ive of qua l i ty ) . Occasiona l ly
i t may be u sed to express the a c t i v e p a r t i c i p l e : N"iir is p rope r ly t ran s la ted
" d w e l l i n g " or " d w e l l s " (Dan. 2:22).
Th e p ass iv e p a r t i c ip l e a l so may be u sed w i th the per fec t of nin to expressth e p lu p e r f ec t : n n Nin-n " w h i c h had been built ( E z r a 5:11).
8. Active Verb Forms W ith Passive Meanings: In BA a pass ive may be
expressed by a s o r t of i m p e r s o n a l or indef in i te sub jec t w i th an ac t ive ve rb fo rm.
T h i s c i r c u m l o c u t i o n for the pass ive is mu ch mo re f r eq u en t in BA t h a n in BH.
Usu a l ly , the indef in i te or imp e r so n a l su b ject is expressed (or impl ied) in the
p l u r a l , as " t h e y , " w i t h an ac t iv e v e rb fo rm , a l th o u g h a s ingu lar sub jec t may
o ccas io n a l ly be u s e d . The ob jec t of the ac t ive verb is th en ac tu a l ly the subject ,
a n d the v e rb sh o u ld be t r a n s l a t e d as a p ass iv e . A s t u d y of the examples wil lc la r i fy th is pecu l ia r i ty of BA g r a m m a r .
(A ) The finite verb: the use of a finite verb in the th i r d person mas cu l ine
p l u r a l is the m o s t c o m m o n m e t h o d of express ing th is type of pass ive :
pinr ... niia " t r i b u t e ... will be paid [lit. " th ey wi ll g ive . . . t r i b u t e " ]
( E z r a 4:13); cf an^na ... nia " t r i b u t e ... will be paid [hi thpeel] (Ezra
4:20).
(B ) The ac t iv e p a r t i c ip l e : wh en th i s t y p e of pass ive is expressed by an act ive
p a r t i c i p l e , the p a r t i c ip l e is p l u r a l , but the i m p e r s o n a l or indef inite subject
" t h e y " is no t expressed by a sep a ra t e p r o n o u n (see ab o v e , sec . 6, examples
A and D).
(C ) The in f in i t ive : as m e n t i o n e d a b o v e , the i m p e r s o n a l s u b je c t " t h e y " can be
e i ther expressed (as in finite verbs) or imp l i ed (as in p a r t i c ip l e s ) , but
w i t h the inf ini t ive it m u s t of necess i ty be i m p l i e d : V D V rrjainV *1BN1
Vaa ''a"'ari " and he c o m m a n d e d t h a t all the wise men of Bab y lo n be
destroyed [ l i t . " and he c o m m a n d e d ( t h e m ) to d e s t r o y all the wise men of
B a b y l o n " ] (Dan. 2:12); waV njT Nri"?N-rT'a " t h i s h o u s e of God be
built [lit. " t o b u i ld th i s h o u se of G o d " ] ( E z r a 5:13).
9 . The Copula: In BA t h e r e are severa l way s in w h i c h the co p u la may be
ex p ressed . It is m o s t f r eq u en t ly ex p ressed e i th e r b y ju x ta p o s i t i o n of th e subject
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 40/121
2 7
a n d p r e d i c a t e , or by the use of s o m e f o r m of the v e r b nin. A l s o r a t h e r c o m m o n
is the use of a t h i r d p e r s o n i n d e p e n d e n t p e r s o n a l p r o n o u n as a c o p u l a (see
I I I , sec. 2 B). In a d d i t i o n to th e s e m e t h o d s of ex p re s s i n g the c o p u l a , it may beex p res s ed by u s i n g •'n'R ( see X V I , sec . 4 ) . In s u c h a ca s e the s t a t e m e n t is u s u a l l y
c o n s i d e r e d m o r e e m p h a t i c t h a n the o t h e r t h r e e m e t h o d s of ex p re s s i n g the
c o p u l a (cf sec. 6 B a b o v e ) .
10. Vocabulary:
— to per i sh N(W — ( h i t h p a a l ) to r i s e up
— ( h a p h e l ) to d e s t r o y ; s l ay ag a i n s t
— to say; c o m m a n d s u p e r i o r , h i g h e s t ; the— t r e a s u r e (1) M o s t H i g h (10)
niO — to be; h a p p e n ; e x i s t njs? — t o an s w er
— m o u n t a i n (4) n a V - t o d es i r e ; w i s h , l i k e
IIP — to d r i v e aw ay n a n - t o g r o w (up); b e c o m e
— ( h a p h e l ) to m a k e k n o w n ; g r e a t
c o m m u n i c a t e Dl-l — h e i g h t (4)
a n ' — (h i t h p ee l ) to be g i v e n ; be Pb^ — t o r u l e ; h a v e p o w e r o v e r
p a i d B-'V^ — mi g h t y ; o f f i ce r ; it is
— to be ab le a l l o w e d (4)
— t ax , t r i b u t e [ al s o n n 3 a](7) nnip — t o l o o s e n ; > to dwel l
N p a — to r e a c h , a t t a i n ; c o m e t o be s t r o n g , b e c o m e
u p o n ; h a p p e n to s t r o n g
11 . Exercises: T r a n s l a t e the fo l l o w i n g :
Vaa w a n i ' a D n n VepaV l a x xaVa (i)
xy'iK-'ja vbf: K'Vs (2)
pnaja Nn r - ix n n i a i n D p n (3)
N%i5> "?'na nav nin xas nirjai (4)
x a q i n na 'T nniK Na^a l a x i n ia "?N»?T pix (5)
niD"? N a n a sn a on na*^ (e)
ania n i n r i ra Ntoai Np'Vi? (7)
N j a o n n TipaV sa-'an Vna (8)
NNriT xVea p a x xa^K-Va (9)
N j a f aVx n-a-p saVa pTip? (10)
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 41/121
2 8
L E S S O N V I I
C L A S S E S O F N O U N S
1. System s of Classification: A n y d i v i s i o n o f n o u n s an d ad j ec t iv es i n t o
c l a s s e s i s q u i t e a rb i t r a rv . H o w e v e r , b ecau s e t h ey a r e g o v e rn ed b y t h e v a r i o u s
p h o n e t i c l aw s g i v en i n L es s o n I i n t h e i r i n f l ec t i o n ( fo r n u mb er , s t a t e , an d
pronominal su f f ix ) , to se t up such c lasses i s s imply a mat te r o f conven ience fo rt h e p u rp o s e o f l e a rn i n g t h e i n f l ec t i o n s . A co n v en i en t s y s t em fo r t h i s p u rp o s e i s
a t en - fo ld c lass i f i ca t ion as fo l lo w s :
(1 ) Seg h o l a t e n o u n s .
(2 ) N o n - s e g h o l a t e n o u n s w i t h t w o ch a n g i n g v o w e l s an d a s i n gl e f in al co n s o
n a n t .
(3 ) N o u n s w i t h o n e ch a n g i n g v o w e l i n t h e u l t i m a an d a s i n g le f in al co n s o n an t .
(4 ) N o u n s w i t h u n ch an g i n g v o w e l s an d a s i n g le fin al co n s o n a n t .
(5 ) N o u n s w i t h a d o u b l ed f in al co n s o n a n t (w h i ch u s u a l l y ap p ea r s a s a s in g le
co n s o n an t i n t h e ab s o l u t e s t a t e ; s ee I 4 ) .
( 6) N o u n s e n d i n g i n r i - .
(7) F e m i n i n e n o u n s e n d i n g i n r i - a n d w i t h u n c h a n g i n g v o w e l s .
( 8) F e m i n i n e n o u n s e n d i n g i n H - a n d w i t h c h a n g i n g v o w e l s .
( 9) F e m i n i n e n o u n s e n d i n g i n a n d i _ .
(10) N o u n s o f u n i q u e f o r m a t i o n .
I t i s t o b e n o t ed t h a t t h e s e s o -ca l l ed classes a re no t to be confused w i th the
types o f n o u n s , w h i ch i n d i ca t e t h e w ay t h a t n o u n s a r e fo rmed f ro m t h e t r i -
c o n s o n a n t a l r o o t s ( t y p e s s u c h a s q a t l , q a t a l , q a t t a l , e t c . ) . T h e n u m b e r s o f t h e
ab o v e c l a s s e s a r e t h e n u mb er s fo u n d i n p a ren t h es es a f t e r t h e n o u n s an d ad j ec
t i v e s i n t h e v o cab u l a r i e s a t t h e en d o f each l e s s o n i n t h i s g r ammar .
2. Infiection of the First Nine Classes: F o r t h e s ak e o f i l l u s t r a t i o n o n e
or more examples o f the f i r s t n ine c lasses wi l l be shown in bo th s ingu lar and
p l u r a l a s fo l l o w s : (1) t h e ab s o l u t e s t a t e ; (2 ) t h e co n s t ru c t s t a t e ; ( 3) t h e em p h a t i c
s tate; (4) wi th a l ight suff ix; and (5) wi th a heavy suff ix . Obviously , in the
l i mi t ed l i t e r a t u re o f BA a ll o f t h e s e fo rm s d o n o t o ccu r i n t h e w o rd s ch o sen a s
ex amp l es , b u t a r e r e s t o red f ro m t h e i r o ccu r r en ces i n o t h e r w o rd s .
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 42/121
2 9
a b s o l u t e c o n s t r u c t e m p h a t i c l i g h t suff. h e a v y suff.
(1) sg. i?4 xaVa P ? V a
sg.T J -
sg. -ISO I S O n p p Tia*???
pi. p ? 9 n p p p a n p p
T h ere a l s o o ccu r the v a r i a n t f o r m s KVn •'V'Tl and psV'O. T h i s u s a g e of b o t h
-'n and .'n i s a lso found in t h e p l u r a l s of th i s c l ass .
(2) sg- N-ini
P i s ' ?pi. n r i i nna
(3) sg.
pi . p a - V p - a
(4) sg. o n nn s a n p n paan
pi. pan p n - a n pa-an
(5) sg. ai aa xaa -aa
pi. T^ 'aa N»aa
(6) sg. nin xnn [p lu ra l wi th su f f . ] -ninn
sg. nia N ia [ t h e Pea l A c t i v e Pa r t i c i p l e
pi . "n o f nn " t o b u i l d " ]
(7) sg.T •• J rn psprn
pi . nrnT ••
-nvn pajni-n
(8) sg. nnax xrinas pann N
pi . pilN maxT : •
xnnas
(9) sg. n i a T snia-) -nnn pannn
sg. isVa niaVa Nnia'jaT :
-niaVa paniaVa
pi. niaVi? Nrii?'?? ' n i a V a pan3a 7a
N o t e the a p p l i c a t i o n of t h e r u le t h a t the noanaa l e t t e r s r e t a i n t h e i r s p i r an t
p r o n u n c i a t i o n a f t e r a v o w e l ev en w h en the v o w e l w h i ch cau s ed it is d r o p p e d :
pa^rn, paVa-n (see I 1).
3. Nouns of Unique Formation: G r o u p e d t o g e t h e r in t h i s t en t h c l a s s are
v a r i o u s n o u n s (and ad jec t ives ) which ha ve in f l ec t iona l pec u l i a r i t i es th a t p re ve n t
them f rom be ing c lass i f i ed wi th the m o re r eg u l a r c l a s s e s of n o u n f o r m a t i o n .
F o r the s a k e of c l a r i t y , o n l y t h o s e fo rm s of t h e w o r d w h i c h are ac t u a l l y fo u n d
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 43/121
3 0
in BA wi l l be l i s t ed , w i th the e x c e p t i o n of t h e s u p p o s e d s i n g u l a r ab s o l u t e s t a t e
o f the n o u n ( t h i s b e i n g i n d i ca t ed by an a s t e r i s k ) . The fol low ing l i s t is not
c o m p l e t e but r e p r e s e n t s the g rea t ma j o r i t y of BA n o u n s h av i n g i r r eg u l a r i ti e s .•3N " f a t h e r " -nN -qiaN - n u N ; ( p l u r a l ) -nnax •qrinai? wn^3^?
• n x " b r o t h e r " [ p re s u m a b ly r e s em b l i n g 3N in the s i n g u l a r ] ; ( p l u ra l ) rj-nx
n *iK " l i o n " ( p l u r a l) x n i n x
H ^K " f i r e " [It is difficult to d e t e r m i n e as to w h e t h e r t h i s is a s imple fem in ine
o r p o s s i b l y the e m p h a t i c s t a t e of the m a s c u l i n e tPX of C l a s s 5.]
" h o u s e " [the s i n g u l a r is l i k e b'n in C l a s s 1]; (p l u ra l ) jiD-ria [This
i s p r o b a b l y an a n o m a l o u s n o n - s p i r a n t i z a t i o n of the T\, and t h u s _ is
n o t p r o n o u n c e d as a q a m e s h a t u p h . ]
"13 " so n" ana; ( p l u r a l ) -"ja -niia lin-n
*^i " i n t e r i o r ; m i d s t " xij [ c o n s t r u c t , not e m p h a t i c ] niJ ni?
*vri " v i s i o n " N im -ITn m m ; ( p l u r a l ) -iTtl
or " d a y" has the [ c o n s t r u c t ] p l u r a l mv b es i d es the r eg u l a r p l u ra l par
•nja " c o l l e a g u e " ( p l u ra l ) nnija yinnija
Npna " s e a t ; t h r o n e " a-ipia; ( p l u r a l ) pona
naT 33 "p re s en t , g i f t " (p l u ra l ) ^ r - a T a J
•N -a? " p r o p h e t " [ e m p h a t i c s t a t e ] n x ' a i ; ( p l u r a l ) x; « a3 [Bo th o ccu r wi th
K e t h i b - Q e r e v a r i a t i o n s . ]•pE* " w o m e n " ( p l u r a l ) pn-?* [The s i n g u l a r d o e s not o c c u r in BA; p r e
s u m a b l y it w o u l d be *nri3K, fr o m a d i f fe r en t ro o t . ]
• V y " h i g h e s t ; the M o s t H i g h " [ e m p h a t i c s t a t e ] N-Vs? [a K e t h i b - Q e r e
v a r i a t i o n ]
DV " p e o p l e ; n a t i o n " [the s i n g u l a r is C l a s s 5] ; ( p l u r a l ) N j a a s
•nnp " g o v e r n o r " n n s ; ( p l u r a l ) NPin?
nnj? " t o w n " s r i n i ? ; ( p l u r a l or co l l ec t ive s ingu lar ) n n p . [ e m p h a t i c s t a t e ]
B^K-) " h e a d " [the s i n g u l a r is C l a s s 4] ; (plural ) pB^Ni afi'^N* [an a p p a r e n tH e b r a i s m ]
an " g r e a t " [the s i n g u l a r is C l a s s 5] ; ( m a s c u l i n e p l u r a l ) pa"]ai ( femin ine
p l u r a l ) lanan xranan [T h es e p l u r a l s are f o r m e d by r e d u p l i c a t i o n . ]
13*7 " m y r i a d " ( p l u r a l ) pan [a K e t h i b - Q e r e v a r i a t i o n ]
t3^ " n a m e " aaB*; ( p l u r a l ) nnai^
Bes i d es t h e s e , t h e re is a g r o u p of w o r d s w h i c h are r eg u l a r ly f emi n i n e in the
s i n g u l a r [ s o me do not o c c u r in the s i n g u l a r in B A ] , but m a s c u l i n e in the p l u ra l .
T h e s e i n c l u d e •nax " c u b i t " nax " n a t i o n " •nWH " w h e a t " *nia " w i n d o w "
nV? " w o r d ; m a t t e r " and " y e a r . "
T h e n o u n xna " l o r d " can p r o p e r l y be i n c l u d e d in C l a s s 3 in s p i t e of the
p e c u l i a r a p p e a r a n c e of the fo rm (w ith suffix) -Kia [a K e t h i b - Q e r e v a r i a t i o n ] .
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 44/121
31
4 . Vocabulary:
n n jN — letter (8)
nx — brother (10)
nax —T \
nation (7; pi. 5)
xa* — fire; > fire-offering (10)
ia — interior; midst (10)
nin — breast (6)
im — apparition; vision; ap
pearance (10)
n t s in — wheat (7; pi . 4)
ni? — window (7; pi. 5)
colleague (10)
seat; throne (10)
T •word; matter, affair (7;
T •
p i . 5)
lord (3)
n3T33 — present, gift (10)
nns —T V
governor (10)
myriad; great multitude
(10)
5. Exercises: Translate the following:
mnvib nx»3J anp n xnnaxa xriVp na-na
xptt x-iaV pnVs pan ian
"?aaa nin xnan xnaVa xo"ia
xapinV pTPX 'nia'-ari •'itrjx»ax nns"? napri
X B^ xiia ian- x;ap xnai
naraia xiiaxV xjpin ]nu
«lpa'nnn a» ann-'T n?*x-i xaVs xin
1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
x-Vs? xn ? nniaia Vaa ma^aa papn? nniiai "rx-in do)
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 45/121
3 2
L E S S O N V I I I
T H E D E R I V E D A C T IV E C O N J U G A T I O N S
1. Principal Parts: Although not all of the fo l lowing pr inc ipa l pa r t s of the
a c t i v e c o n j u g a t i o n s o c c u r in BA, for the s a k e of c o n v e n i e n c e t h e y are inc luded
i n the d i a g r a m b e l o w :
Peal Sta t ive P a e l H a p h e l A p h e l S h a p h e l
Per fec t a n ? a n ? a n a n a n a x a n a ? *
I m p e r f e c t a r i a : a r i a - a n ? ? - a n a : an?B*.-
I m p e r a t i v e a n a a n ? an?n a n ? N a n ? ^
In f in i t ive a r i p a n a n a n a n ? n n a n a x n a n ? ^
A c t . P a r t . a n ? a n a a a n a n a a n a a a n p B^ a
Pas s . Pa r t a - n a a n a ? a n p n p a n a a a n a ^ p
In any of the s e c o n d r o o t c o n s o n a n t s w i t h an / v o w e l , a sere is f requen t ly
f o u n d , but the / may as f r e q u e n t l y be r e t a i n e d (see I H) . T h u s the s t a t i v e nip
" t o pay h o m a g e ( t o ) " ; the Pae l Pe r f ec t an?; the H a p h e l P e r f e c t an?n; etc.
B e c a u s e the c h a r a c t e r i s t i c v o w e l in t h i s p o s i t i o n in P r o t o - S e m i t i c is usual ly
a n a in the perfect, the a p p e a r a n c e of an / v o w e l is g en e ra l l y r eg a rd ed as an
an a l o g i ca l ex t en s i o n f ro m the impe rfec t ( see Lesson V, sec. 2) . The ch a rac t e r i s t i c
v o w e l of the s e c o n d r o o t c o n s o n a n t of the imperfect of d e r i v ed co n j u g a t i o n si n P r o t o - S e m i t i c is an /.
The in f in i t ives of all the d e r iv e d c o n j u g a t i o n s may be f o r m e d by t a k i n g
t h e t h i rd p e r s o n mas cu l i n e s i n g u l a r of the p e r f ec t of the d es i r ed co n j u g a t i o n ,
c h a n g i n g the final vowel to and a d d i n g the e n d i n g n-: ( e . g . , the Pael)
ana > an? > nan?. As m i g h t be e x p e c t e d , the in f in i tive a l so oc curs w i th the
u s u a l o r t h o g r a p h i c v a r i a t i o n of x_ for n_.
I n the d e r i v e d a c t i v e c o n j u g a t i o n s the ac t i v e p a r t i c i p l e may be fo rmed
f r o m the t h i r d p e r s o n m a s c u l i n e s i n g u l a r of the i mp er fec t by s i mp l y ch an g i n gt h e y o d h to a mem: ( e . g . , the P a e l ) ana- > anaa. In t h e s e s a m e c o n j u g a t i o n s
t h e r e is s o m e t i m e s a p as s i v e p a r t i c i p l e , w h i ch is j u s t l i k e the ac t iv e , excep t
t h a t the final vowel is _ r a t h e r t h a n _ : ( e . g . , the P a e l ) anaa.
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 46/121
3 3
2. Regular and Irregular Verbs: In BA, as in BH and o t h e r S e m i t i c
languages , verbs are d iv id ed i n t o r eg u la r , or s t r o n g v e r b s , and i r r eg u la r , or
weak verbs . Actua l ly , all the so - ca l led " i r r e g u la r " c l a sse s of v e rb s are basical lyco n ju g a ted acco rd in g to the p a t t e r n of the r eg u la r v e rb s , ex cep t wh e re an o th e r
p h o n e t i c d e v e l o p m e n t d o m i n a t e s t h e m to c h a n g e the fo rm s l igh t ly (see Les son I).
The names used for these i r regu lar (weak) verbs in BA are g en e ra l ly the s a m e as
those used in BH, b ased on the o r i g i n a l g r a m m a t i c a l p a r a d i g m w o r d VsD
( th e th r ee ro o t co n so n an t s of any v e rb b e in g n amed in o r d e r , the Pe l e t t e r , the
Ayin le t te r , and the L a m e d h l e t t e r ) . The fo l lowing c lass i f ica tion of i r regu lar
(weak) verbs may be c o n s i d e r e d as in c lu s iv e : (1) Pe L a r y n g e a l ; (2) A y i n
Lary n g ea l ( in c lu d in g r e sh ) ; (3) L a m e d h L a r y n g e a l (i n c l u d i n g r e s h ) ; (4) Pe N un ;
(5 ) Pe A l e p h ; (6) Pe Y o d h ( i n c l u d i n g Pe Waw); (7) A y i n Waw ( in c lu d in g Ay in
Y o d h ) ; (8) the s o -c a ll e d " L a m e d h H e " ( i n c l u d in g L a m e d h A l e p h , L a m e d h
W a w , and L a m e d h Y o d h ) ; (9) G e m i n a t e (or A y i n A y i n ) ; and (10) verbs
d o u b ly weak (of all c lasses) . These i r regu lar verbs wi l l be co n s id e r ed in su b se
q u en t l e s so n s . All o th e r v e rb s in BA are classified as r eg u la r (or s t r o n g ) v e rb s .
I n BA the v e r b may c o m e in a l m o s t any p o s i t i o n in the s e n t e n c e . In o t h e r
w o r d s , it may be f o u n d e i th e r p r eced in g or f o l lo win g e i th e r its sub jec t or its
objec t . As n o ted p r ev io u s ly , the d i rec t ob jec t may (or may not) be i n t r o d u c e d
by the p r e p o s i t i o n b. A v e rb wh ich has m o r e t h a n one sub jec t may be e i th e rs ingu lar or p lu r a l (wh e th e r it p r eced es or w h e t h e r it fo l lows it s sub jec ts) .
3. The Pael: The r eg u la r ( s t r o n g ) v e rb of BA is co n ju g a ted as fol lows in
the Pae l :
Singular Plural
Perfect Imperfect Person Per fec t Imper fec t
an? ana- 3 (masc . ) lana p a r a -
nari? ana?i 3 (fem.) nan?
nan? anari 2 (masc . ) p n a n a rianan
nan? an ? N 1 (com.) wan? an?i
The Pael Inf ini t ive is nana; ( co n s t . ) nana; (with suffix) nian?
Th e Pae l Imp era t iv e is:
ana ( m a s c s i n g . ) -an? (fem. s in g . ) ian? ( m a s c . pi. )
The Pae l Par t ic ip les are [n o te th a t , ex cep t for the ma scu l in e s in g u la r , c o n t ex t
a lo n e d e te rmin es wh e th e r the p a r t i c i p l e is ac t iv e or p ass iv e ] :
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 47/121
3 4
pariD ? (m. pi. a c t i v e or pa ss ive)
]an?a (f. pi. a c t i v e or pass ive)
ansa (m as c . s i n g , ac t i v e )
anaa ( m a s c s i n g , p a s s i v e )
nanaa (f. sg. a c t i v e or pass ive)
O n l y a few f o r m s of t h e P a e l p a r a d i g m as g i v en ab o v e are ac t u a l l y fo u n d in
a n y of t h e r eg u l a r ( s t ro n g ) v e rb s of B A . One e x a m p l e e a c h of tho se fo rm s which
d o o c c u r is l i s t ed be low for c o n v e n i e n c e :
P e r f e c t — t h i r d p e r s o n m a s c u l i n e s i n gu l a r "jap [and VapJ
— t h i r d p e r s o n m a s c u l i n e p l u r a l iVaa
I m p e r f e c t — t h i r d p e r s o n m a s c u l i n e p l u r a l pVap.-
— s e c o n d p e r s o n m a s c u l i n e p l u r a l pVapn
In f in i t ive —x'?Ba [ n o t e x for n]
P a r t i c i p l e — m a s c u l i n e p l u r a l ( p a s s i v e ) pnsaa
4 . The Haphel: The r eg u l a r ( s t ro n g ) v e rb of BA is c o n j u g a t e d as fol lows
i n the H a p h e l :
Singular Plural
Perfec t Imp er fec t Pe r s o n Pe r f ect Imp er fec t
3?sn a w n - 3 (mas c . ) l a n a n p a n a m
r i a n a n a n a n n 3 ( fem.) n a n a n
n a n a n a n a n r i 2 (mas c . ) p n a n a n p a n a n n
3 ^|^^^t 1 ( co m. ) N i a n a n a n p n i
I n the p e r f ec t t h e re are a l s o the v a r i a n t f o r m s n a n a n and n a n a n for
t h e t h i rd p e r s o n f emi n i n e s i n g u l a r and f i r s t person common s ingu lar respec t ive ly .
T h e H a p h e l I n f i n i t i v e is n a n a n ; ( c o n s t . ) n a n a n ; (wi th sufl ix) n i a n a n .
T h e H a p h e l I m p e r a t i v e is:
a n a n ( m a s c . s i n g . ) "-anan (fem. s i n g . ) l a n a n ( m a s c . pi.)
T h e H a p h e l P a r t i c i p l e s are:
anana ( m a s c . s i n g , a c t i v e )
anana (m as c . s i n g , p a s s i v e )
nanana (f. sg. ac t i v e or pass ive)
A s was t r u e w i t h the P a e l , the H a p h e l l i k e w i s e has o n l y a few ac t u a l o ccu r
r e n c e s in the r eg u l a r ( s t ro n g ) v e rb s of B A . One e x a m p l e of e a c h of the fo rms
o c c u r r i n g is l i s t ed b e l o w :
panana (m . p i . a c t i v e or pass ive)
janana (f. p i . a c t i v e or pass ive)
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 48/121
35
Perfect—third person masculine singular (with suff.) npbpn
— second-person masculine singular nVst^n
— third person masculine plural It nn
Imperfect — third person masculine singular VpEJn''
Infinitive — nVsiPn
Imperative — masculine singular cbtn
5 . The Aphel: In BA, the Haphel is a he causative conjugation, and the
Aphel is an aleph causative conjugation. Thus, the paradigm of the Perfect,
the Infinitive, and the Imperative of the Aphel can be formed uniformly by
substituting an aleph for a he. However, this is not true for the Imperfect andthe Participles. The Aphel Imperfect of the regular (strong) verbs is there
fore given as follows:
Singular Plural
Person
an?: 3 (masc.)
ari?n 3 (fem.)
anan 2 (masc.) panpn
anax 1 (com.) ana?
The Aphel Participles ar e:
anaio (masc. sing, active) panaa (m. pi . active or passive)
anaa (masc. sing, passive)
nanaa (f sg. active or passive) l?n?9 (f- P'- active or passive)
In the regular (strong) verbs of BA, there is only one example of the Aphel
(the Aphel occurs more frequently among the weak verbs). It is a Participle —
masculine singular active: V-Bt a [with the variant VsiPa]. Even so, the
example is somewhat doubtful, for the root VSE? appears elsewhere in the
Haphel, rather than in the Aphel.
6. The Shaphel: Far more rare in BA than either the Haphel or the
Aphel is the shin causative, the Shaphel. The few occurrences of the Shaphel
may be regarded as remnants of an older conjugation. N o paradigms need be
listed here, for a universal rule for the formation of the Shaphel is to substitute
a shin for the he of the Haphel.
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 49/121
36
In the regular (strong) verbs of BA, there are no examples of the Shaphel.
Those occurrences in the weak classes of verbs will be considered in subsequent
lessons.
7. Vocabulary:
behold DJ7B — sense; command; advice;
(pael) to stop report (1)
nia — (hithpeel) to be buil t now
nya — to seek, request; be on nsa — (pael) to bind, tie
the point of; run great (divine) service
risk IB^D — interpretation (1)- I 3 J - (mighty) man; warrior (pael) to receive
if; whether before
time; turn (2) m — (haphel) to irritate, make
in — one angry
nm — to see, perceive (haphel) to complete, fin
-dream (1) ish; deliver (completely)
8. Exercises: Translate the following:
••D " T p -p pVap.ri 13121 patai paripr) 7\'^tp naVn jni (i)
D"?Bh -i- a"? ? aip, oVirn •qnV n-a ]nbs}? rj"? f an:ria""'i K?Kai (2)
Niann K"? Nnnj? "qVs snaj xVpa D»p la-fe' i»a (3)
aniiai "^"yv^b nnsaV -lax nV-na n V-n-naj pai^i
Vaa-q"? ? T. a ian an xjair aVs C ?? '•'HlI T '73p""?a (5)
ao ann ne Nii DV IV JI x-'p-'Va D/'PI nm Vaa sna (e)
NaVa> nynin'? xntt pi nV-jnii jay •T xaVa-ia nsa Vs'jni (7)
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 50/121
37
LESSON IX
TH E PASSIVE A N D REFLE XIVE CO NJ UG AT IO NS
1. 77ie Passive Conjugations: In BA there are two passive conjugations,
Peil and Hophal. The Peil also occurs in Imperial Aramaic. It is apparently
nothing more nor less than the Peal Passive Participle to which finite endings
have been added. This participle itself is an adjectival type, qatil, which hasbeen introduced into the verbal system and adapted for use as a passive parti
ciple. The Hophal is considered by some to be a Hebraism in BA. However,
this is no t certai n. It is possible tha t the few forms so labeled are remna nts of
such a conjugation which was at home in BA.
Both of the passive conjugations, Peil and Hophal, have a very limited use
in BA. They occur only in the Perfect and not in all of its forms. While there
is no occurrence of a Hophal Imperfect in BA, it would be expected to follow
the Aphel in dropping the n- rather than the Haphel in retaining it. This would
accord with the Hophal Imperfect of BH. [Some have conjectured a Hophal
Imperfect of nni in Ezra 6:5.]
The Perfect of the passive con juga tions of th e regula r (strong) ve rb of BA
is as follows:
Perfect
Singular Plural
Peil Hop hal Person Peil H op hal
a r o n; T
3 (masc.) w n a l a n a n
na^ipn 3 (fem.) na-naT ;
n a n p n
( H ) r i a - n 3 r i a n a n 2 (masc.) pna-na pnanan
n? 'n? nanan 1 (com.) Nja-na N i a n a n
It is frequently difficult to determine whether a-na is the mas culi ne singula r
of the Peal Passive Participle or is the third person masculine singular of thePeil Perfect. Fo r the sake of convenience in syn tac tic classification it may be
assumed th at when it is accompa nied by a separ ate subject (either no un or
pronoun), it is the Peal Passive Participle, and otherwise, it is the Peil Perfect.
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 51/121
38
O n l y a few f o r m s of e i t h e r the Pei l or the H o p h a l o c c u r in any of the regular
( s t r o n g ) v e r b s of BA. One e x a m p l e e a c h of t hos e fo rms wh ich are found is
l i s t ed be low (all are in the P er fec t ) :t h i r d p e r s o n m a s c u l i n e s i n g u l a r , orbf
- t h i rd pe r son femin ine s i ngu l a r nV-tJj?
- s e c o n d p e r s o n m a s c u l i n e s i n g u l a r NpVpn [for nV'pri]
• t h i rd pe r so n mascu l ine p lu ra l i n D ? [for W M ]
t h i r d p e r s o n f e m i n i n e s i n g u l a r Wj?rn
P ei l —
H o p h a l —
2 . The Reflexive Conjugations: C o r r e s p o n d i n g to the Peal , Pael , and
S h a p h e l , t h e r e are the ref lex ive s tem s in t, H i t h p e e l , H i t h p a a l , and H i s h t a p h a l .In each case the n w h i c h p r e c e d e s the n s eems to be an ana log i ca l ex t ens ion of
t h e i n i t i a l c o n s o n a n t of the causa t i ve sys t em, —a p h e n o m e n o n o c c u r r in g a l so
i n o t h e r S e m i t i c l a n g u a g e s . T h i s n can be r ep l aced by an K [cf H a p h e l and
A p h e l ] ; t h u s o c c u r s the I t h p e e l for H i t h p e e l , etc.
I t is i m p o r t a n t to n o t e t h a t t h e s e " r e f l e x i v e " c o n j u g a t i o n s may of ten hav e
a t rue passive m e a n i n g , as wel l as the i r expecte d reflex ive m ea nin g .
A l t h o u g h not all of the fo l l owing p r inc ip a l pa r t s of the reflexive conju ga
t i o n s o c c u r in B A , for th e s a k e of conv en i enc e t hey a re i nc luded be low :
H i t h p e e l H i t h p a a l H i s h t a p h a l
Perfect ari??in aripnfn
I m p e r f e c t ar i sn -
I m p e r a t i v e a n s n n anariifJn
Inf in i t ive nanawn
P a r t i c i p l e a ? 3 n a anariB^
N o t e t h a t in the i m p e r f e c t the prefixed n is comple t e ly e l i ded , j u s t as in the
A p h e l , r a t h e r t h a n b e i n g r e t a i n e d as in the H a p h e l .
3. The Hithpeel: The r egu l a r ( s t rong) v e rb of BA is con juga t ed as fol lows
in the H i t h p e e l [ n o t e t h a t m e t a t h e s i s of n w i t h a fo l lowing s ib i lan t regular ly
o c c u r s in v e r b s w i t h an i n i t i a l s i b i l an t (see V, sec. 2)]:
Singular
P er fec t Imper fec ta r i a n n a r a i i :
r a r i a n n apann
Plural
Pe rso n Perfect Imp erfect
3 (masc . ) l a r a n n panan?
3 ( fem. ) nanapn lanan?
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 52/121
39
Singular Plural
nansnn ansrir) 2 ( m a s c . ) pnanpriri pansnn
napsnn ananK 1 ( c o m . ) wanann anani
In the p e r f ec t the v a r i a n t f o r m nanann is f o u n d for the t h i rd p e r s o n
femin ine s ingu lar .
T h e H l t h p e e ' I n f i n i t i v e i s nanaM; ( c o n s t . ) nanann; (wi thsuf f ix ) nianann.
T h e H i t h p e e l I m p e r a t i v e is:
anann (mas c . s i n g . ) -anann (fem. s i n g . ) lanann ( m a s c . pi.)
T h e H i t h p ee l Pa r t i c i p l e s are:
anara (m as c . s i n g . )
nanana (fem. s ing . )
panana ( m a s c . pi. )
]anana (fem. pi .)
O n ce ag a i n , o n l y a few of the a b o v e f o r m s are a c t u a l l y f o u n d in the r eg u l a r
(s t rong) verbs of BA. One e x a m p l e of e a c h of the f o r m s w h i c h do o c c u r is
l i s t ed be low:
Perfect — s e c o n d p e r s o n m a s c u l i n e p l u r a l pniantn [a K e t h i b - Q e r e
v a r i a t i o n — p o s s i b l y pniam — or a H i t h p a a l ]
Imp er fec t — t h i rd p e r s o n f em i n i n e s i n g u l a r p a n i Pn [ n o t e the m e t a t h e s i s ]
Infini t ive — nVopnn
Par t i c i p l e — m a s c u l i n e p l u r a l pVPp riP4 . The Hithpaal: The r eg u l a r ( s t ro n g ) v e rb of BA is c o n j u g a t e d as fol lows
in the H i t h p a a l :
Singular PluralPerfect Imp er fec t Person Per fec t Imp er fec t
anann anan- 3 (mas c . ) lanann panan?
nanann anann 3 (fem.) nanann l?nari-
nanann anann 2 (mas c . ) pnanann panann
nanann ananx 1 ( c o m . ) Nianann anan?
T h e H i t h p aa l In f i n i t i v e is nanann; ( c o n s t . ) nanann; (wi thsuf f ix ) nianann.
T h e H i t h p a a l I m p e r a t i v e is:
anann (ma s c . s i n g . ) -anann (fem. s ing . ) lanann ( m a s c . pi.)
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 53/121
4 0
T h e H i t h p a a l P a r t i c i p l e s are :
arisra (ma sc . s ing . )
nanana (fem. sing.)
f3?iana
l???ria
( m a s c . pi.)
( fem. pi.)
I n the r eg u la r ( s t r o n g ) v e rb s of BA the o n ly fo rms of the H i th p aa l wh ich
o c c u r are p a r t i c ip l e s ( th e r e a r e o th e r f o rm s in the we ak ve rbs) . These fo rms ar e:
Par t i c ip l e — mascu l in e s in g u la r Vanfe a [no te the me ta th es i s ]
— m a s c u l i n e p l u r a l ppjana
5 . The Hishtaphal: The H i s h t a p h a l , l i k e the Shaphel , occurs ex t remely
rare ly in BA, and no t at all in the regu la r ( s t ron g) verbs . R at he r than g iv ing a
r e c o n s t r u c t e d p a r a d i g m for the H i s h t a p h a l , the ac tu a l occur renc es wi l l be
d i scu ssed su b seq u en t ly in c o n n e c t i o n w i t h the class of weak verbs invo lved .
6 . Vocabulary:
— t r e e (4) nan — (h i th p ee l ) to be t h r o w n
mT
— d e c r e e , c o m m a n d , o r d e r . — g r e a t , m u c h , m a n y ; [ad
l a w (4) verb] very (4)
— ( h i t h p e e l or h i t h p a a l ) to Vafe — ( h i t h p a a l ) to consider
a g r e e ; d e c i d e paB> — (h i th p ee l ) to be left; pas s
B^a — ( h i t h p a a l ) to a ssemb le o n to
I B — fire (4) n tt? — to send
*ia» — the o p p o s i t e b a n k (1) — (peil) to be finished
— (pe i l ) to be k i l led Vpn — (peil) to be weighed
— ( h i t h p e e l ) to be ki l led ipn — ( h o p h a l ) to be r e e s t a b
— ( h i t h p a a l ) to be k i l led l i shed
7. Exercises: T r a n s l a t e the fo l lowing :
xni-n nV-pp is n^piK n t n (i)
wb^ xVi jqara nn;-? ]»a i » i ns - p i (2)
xnVa nVanft nV i i a i T n i iB^iann xnai (3)
nan V-pni •"nita n-aV asp? xa"?? nb<6 (4)
n"?ppnn sVi nipnn •'nia io-Vsi (5)
N - a ^ nani N s n x xiia fr x a - a n nm (6)
x p i nVx ">nn TIT ian nnni na»a n xas-Va (7)
xnii-xia"p xann: xaVs"? lip i b& x V - i - p i (8)
paVsj*? pantfn ao qh"? xniaVai (9)
pVDp.na x»B">arji xaVa-p n-r mm do)
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 54/121
41
L E S S O N X
L A R Y N G E A L V E R B S
1. Laryngeal Verbs: In th i s l esso n the t h r ee c l a s se s of l a ry n g ea l v e rb s w i l l
b e d i s cu s s ed . As a g ro u p , t h ey ex h i b i t r e l a t i v e l y mi n o r i r r eg u l a r i t i e s f ro m the
p a t t e r n of the r eg u l a r ( s t ro n g ) v e rb of B A . The v a r ia t i o n s w h i c h do o c c u r are a
r e s u l t of s o m e p h o n e t i c d e v e l o p m e n t t h a t d o m i n a t e s t h e m to c h a n g e the fo rms l igh t ly . The l a r y n g e a l s and r e s h p re fe r a v o w e l s ; the l a r y n g e a l s and resh
c a n n o t be d o u b l e d ; etc.
I t is i m p o r t a n t to n o t e t h a t t h i s l e s s o n d ea l s p r i m ar i l y w i t h v e rb s t h a t are
w e a k in one r o o t c o n s o n a n t o n l y . O b v i o u s l y a l a r y n g e a l can o c c u r in v e r b s t h a t
h a v e m o r e t h a n one w e a k n e s s ( e . g . Pe L a r y n g e a l and L a m e d h A l e p h ; Pe N un
and L a m e d h L a r y n g e a l ; e t c . ) . S u c h v e r b s t h a t are d o u b l y w e a k w i ll be d i scussed
s u b s eq u en t l y . A n y s t a t em en t a s t o t h e o ccu r r e n ces o f v e rb s i n t h i s l e s s o n , r e f e rs t o
verbs wi th on ly one w e a k r o o t c o n s o n a n t ( a n d t h a t a l a r y n g e a l ) , and no t to verbs
w h i c h are d o u b l y w e a k . In t h i s and s u b s e q u e n t l e s s o n s , r a t h e r t h a n r e c o n
s t r u c t i n g h y p o t h e t i c a l p a r a d i g m s for the w eak c l a s s e s of v e r b s , c o n s i d e r a t i o n
wil l be g i v en to u n d e r l y i n g p r i n c i p l e s and p h o n e t i c r u l e s a p p l i c a b l e to e a c h
class , and th e re w i l l be a l i s t i n g of s p ec if ic ex am p l es w h i ch ac t u a l l y o cc u r in BA.
2. Pe Laryngeal Verbs: To th i s c l ass be lon g tho se ve rbs w ho se f ir st
c o n s o n a n t is r\> or ». U s u a l l y the v o ca l s h ew a u n d e r t h i s first c o n s o n a n t is
c o m p o s i t e (I M) . An o r i g i n a l a is u s u a l l y r e t a i n ed u n d e r t h i s first co n s o n an t ,
r a t h e r t h a n b e i n g d i s s i m i l a te d to an / (I E). A s h o r t / before th i s f ir st c on so na n t
u s u a l ly b e c o m e s a s eg h o l (I F) . A s h o r t a b e fo re t h i s f irs t co n s o n a n t is u s u a l l y
r e t a i n e d (as in the P e a l I m p e r f e c t ) .
( A ) P e a l : the ab o v e ru l e s h av e s p eci fi c ap p l i c a t i o n s as fo l lo w s [ s o me ex
a m p l e s are g i v en as i l l u s t r a t i o n s ] :
Pe r f ec t : w h e re the Pe l e t t e r of the r e g u l a r v e r b has — or _ the l a ry n g ea l
h a s - or _ : (s ing.) 13S? rinas nna?; ( p l u r a l ) n3»
I m p e r f e c t : the p re f i x r e t a i n s the o r i g i n a l _ i n s t e a d of h a v i n g _ [but
b e c o m e s _ w h e n the v e r b is a l so L a m e d h H e ] : ( p l u r a l) peVn- or fn^vn
[here the l a ry n g e a l a d o p t s the v o w e l of th e p ref ix , in p l a c e of r e t a i n i n g
i t s s h ew a] .
In f i n i t i v e : the mem has _ i n s t e a d of _ : i s s a
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 55/121
42
Participles: the active participle is regular; the passive participle has
_ for _ : (plural) pn-B n
(B) Pael: since the Pe let ter of the regular (strong) verb uniformly has _ inthe Pael and this is also what the laryngeals prefer, the Pe Laryngeal
verbs have no irregularities in the Pael.
(C) Haphel (and Aphel): the development of the Haphel from the original
Proto-Semitic to BA seems to have been more complicated, involving
several phonetic rules: it appears to have taken place as follows: * 3 p r i n
> i p n n (shift of accent and loss of final vowel) > ]pnn (the so-called
"q atqat -q it qat " dissimilation [however, unusual with laryngeals, cf
I E]) > Jpnn (analogical extension of the character ist ic vowel of the
imperfect to the perfect) > ]pnn (short / before a laryngeal becomes
a seghol [see I F])> jDnn (insertion of a hateph [see I N]).
Perfect: (plural) y p m
Imperfect: here the only occurrence is in the Aphel, rather than the
Haphel, and is qui te regular in form: (plural) yapni
Participles: the actual occurrences of the participles in Pe Laryngeal verbs
are quite regular in both the Haphel and the Aphel.
(D) Passive conjugations: there are no occurrences of Peil or Hophal in verbsstrictly Pe Laryngeal [occurrences in verbs doubly weak (Pe Laryngeal
plus some other factor) will be discussed subsequently],
(E) Hithpeel: this is very similar to the Peal, having _ where the regular verb
has _ :
Imperfect: ( s i n g . )n a r n - [and n p y n - ]
Participle: (sing.) i:ivm
(F) Hithpaa l: the same use of _i s found in the regular verb as in the Pael, con
sequently theP e Laryngeal verbs have no irregulari ties in the Hithpaal.
3. Ayin Laryngeal Verbs: To this class belong verbs whose second root
consonant is N, n, n, V or l. Resh is included in this class primarily because it,
like the laryngeals, cannot be doubled. Besides the general rules for the laryn
geals given above, note especially that in compensation for the lack of doubling
the preceding vowel may be lengthened under certain circumstances (see I 8).
(A) Peal: the above rules for Ayin Laryngeal verbs have specific applications
as follows [some examples are given as illustrations]:
Perfect, Imperfect, Infinitive, and Imperative: all occurrences happen to
be regular (with the exception of a verb with verbal suffixes, which will
be considered in a later lesson).
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 56/121
43
Participles: the masculine active singular and the passive participles,
singular and plural, are formed regularly; the feminine active singular
and both active plural participles have _ for _ : (plural) f VnS-(B) Pael: as might be expected, with the inability of the laryngeal to be
doubled, the Ayin Laryngeal verbs exhibit their greatest irregularities
in the Pael (see 1 8).
Perfect: all the occurrences are with resh, so the preceding vowel is
lengthened in compensation for the lack of doubling : (sing.) "qna n?13
Imperfect: (sing.) anpn; (plural) pas?»-
Participles: (sing.pass.) "qiati; (plural) f"T5?oa
(C) Haphel, Peil, and Hithpeel: there are only a few forms of these conjugations which occur in verbs strictly Ayin Laryngeal, and all of these
occurrences happen to be regular.
(D) Hithpaal: as in the Pael, the lack of doubling produces some irregularity
(however, only one form actually occurs as given below).
Participle: here is the one instance of the vowel before a he being
lengthened in compensation for the lack of doubling (see I 8): (sing.)
Vnarta
4. Lamedh Laryngeal Verbs: To this class belong verbs whose last
consonant is n, n, » or i [this a is a he proper, indicated by a mappiq, and
not a he that is just one of the matres lectionis for the long vowel d — all of the
latter verbs a re included in the so-called "Lamedh H e " class of verbs]. Besides
the general rules above, remember tha t short vowels become pathah before
final n, n, or » (I J) . Also, a pathah furtive appears after a heterogeneous long
vowel (I K).
(A) Peal: the above rules for Lamedh Laryngeal verbs have specific appli
cations as follows [some examples are given as illustrations]:
Perfect: because the regular (strong) verb has a pathah before the last
consonant, and this is what the laryngeals also prefer, the Lamedh
Laryngeal class is regular in the Peal Perfect.
Imperfect: here there is found _ for _ before the last consonant; a shewa
before the last consonant is retained, the same as in the regular (strong)
verb: (sing.) nbl ; (plural) pnbD:
Infinitive: the Lamedh Laryngeal infinitive is regular in the Peal.
Participles: the active singular has _ for _; the plural is regular: (sing.)
n'?B; (plural) pnVs
the passive participle has the pathahi furtive: (sing.) n*"^
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 57/121
44
(B) Pael: here the preference of the laryngeals and resh for the a-vowel is
regularly exhibited.
Perfect: here _ i s found for - o r _ : (sing.) n n a i ^ ; (plural) in a^Imperfect: the same _ is found as in the perfect: (sing.) i |?a-
Infinitive: the Lamedh Laryngeal infinitive is regular in the Pael.
Imperative: the same _ is found as in the perfect: (plural) i T i a
Participles: because _ is found in the active participle for it becomes
identical with the passive participle in form and the context must be used
to differentiate between them; the plural participles are regular:
(sing.) i B ^ D p n a e ' D
(C) Haphel (and Aphel): the same occurrences of _ for _ and _ as found inthe Pael are found in the Haphel.
Perfect: (sing.) n ^s n n n a^ n [first person — for this peculiar formation
see the discussion under the Hithpeel Perfect below]; (plural) ina iPn
Njnatf n
Imperfect: (sing.) mtr\T); (plural) n a i r n i
Infinitive: the Lamedh Laryngeal infinitive is regular in the Haphel.
Participles: the occurrences actually found in BA of the Lamedh Laryngeal
class are in the Aphel rather than in the Haphel; the singular has _for _ in the active participle (see the Pael Participles above); the plural
is regular: (sing.) nVsM; (plural) pnVsa
(D) Peil: the sole occurrence of this conjugation is quite regular.
(E) Hithpeel: the same occurrence of _ for _ as found in the Pael is found in
the Hithpeel.
Perfect: note that metathesis occurs quite regularly in case of an initial
sibilant: (sing.) nariB'n
—third person feminine singular: in this class of verbs particularly,
the formations with a n suflRx [third person feminine, second person
masculine, and first person common] tend to be formed somewhat on
an analogy with a segholate [cf the Peal Imperfect of the Pe Laryngeal
above ] n a ? ? r i > pnasn]: thus n i t a n n and nriar«?;n [the latter appears
in the form of a true laryngeal segholate].
—second person masculine singular: easy to confuse with the above:
nnariE^ a [the final n is not aspirantized].
(F) Hithpaal: al l occurrences of this conjugation in verbs strictly Lamedh
Laryngeal are regular.
5. The Ithpeel Conjugation: As was mentioned previously (Lesson IX,
sec. 2), in BA there occurs a reflexive conjugation basically identical to
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 58/121
45
t h e Hi th p ee l , ex cep t it b eg in s wi th an K in the Pe r f ec t , r a t h e r t h a n wi th a n.
Th is ap p ea r s to be on an an a lo g y w i th the cau sa t iv es , wh e re the Ha p h e l b eg in s
w i t h a n and the Ap h e l w i th an x, e x t e n d e d i n t o the reflexives so th a t t h e r e is aform a n a r i X c o r r e s p o n d i n g to the f o rm ansnn. H o w e v e r , t h e r e is a n o t h e r
analogical inf luence on the I th p ee l wh ich a p p a ren t ly co mes f ro m the H i th p ee l
Imp er f ec t . The p ref ixes o f the H i thp ee l Imper fec t all h av e _ ex cep t the x , which
h as _ (the f irst pe rso n sing ular is a r i a n x ) . Ex ten d in g th i s p a r a l l e l i n to the
perfect of the I th p ee l , the fo rm a n a n x is f o u n d for the per fec t , as well as the
form a n a n x .
In the La me d h La ry n g ea l v e rb s th e r e is one o c c u r r e n c e of an I t h p e e l : nnfanx
c o r r e s p o n d i n g to nnfann [see a b o v e — H i t h p e e l ] .
6. Verbs Doubly Laryngeal: In BA ther e occur so me verbs wi t h two
different laryngeals (or resh) , bes ides those wi th a l a ry n g ea l and an o th e r ty p e
of i r regu lar i ty or weakness (which wi l l be d i scu ssed su b se q u en t ly ) . Th u s so m e
verbs are b o t h Pe La ry n g ea l and A y i n L a r y n g e a l , and o t h e r s are b o t h Pe
Laryngea l and L a m e d h L a r y n g e a l . In e i th e r ca se , ap p l i ca t io n of all the ab o v e
ru les for la ryngea ls or resh invo lved in each ind iv idua l verb is all t h a t is needed ,
m a k i n g it u n n ecessa ry to l i s t p a r ad ig ms , or consider specif ic examples.
7. Vocabulary:
m a — ( p ae l ) to d i sp e r se , sca t t e r
Vna — ( h i t h p a a l ) to be f r igh t
e n e d , be perp lexed
npa — (pae l ) to seek , invest iga te
•qna — (pae l ) to bless
nn — ( h i t h p e e l and i t h p ee l ) to
be cut out;
b r e a k off
»]"?n — to p ass ( o v e r ) ; p a ss by
jon — ( h a p h e l and ap h e l ) to
occupy , possess
a n — to c o n s i d e r ; > respec t
DBD — (pae l ) to feed, give to eat
n a f a
n a s
nir B
nVs
anp
nas^
natt>
ny6
- a l t a r (3)
• (pae l ) to h e l p , aid
( h i t h p e e l ) to be m a d e ;
t u r n e d i n t o ; be d o n e
(pae l ) to in t e rp r e t
( h a p h e l and a p h e l ) to
( cau se to) p ro sp e r ; f a rewe l l ; mak e p ro g re ss
(pae l ) to offer
(p ae l ) to p r a i se
( h a p h e l ) to find
(h i th p ee l ) to be found
8. Exercises: T r a n s l a t e the f o l lo win g :
ra-B^nxVaxB-iK-anj-Vai ( i )
aVifiTa • •7 oanVN n-a r nna-ra-Vs ian anp^ni (2)
TinV r-i»09 snVs-n xwai jinaxn (3)
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 59/121
sri-iJK inpB^ni i i p. a i ovp o-i? ""lai (5)
aVa-n Niaa -nWi T ia i "jnana x-ato sa'pa p-rx (e)
xniaVa ]pt^i n -ni"??? psVa: piiv s^ a i N i (7)
nna;^ xaVs •'n'?i na-ia x-Vs?'?' (8)
p»5?»- •q'? pnina xai^vi (9)
nxjai -"ari ava pn^sai pia v.-nm -] (10)
aVs n-a"? nayn? Nwa l a s - i ' ? ? (11)
a i a a a-na-pi ana Vaaa nani|?ni (12)
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 60/121
4 7
L E S S O N X I
P E N U N , P E Y O D H , A N D P E A L E P H V E R B S
1. Pe Nun Verbs: M os t o f the i r reg u la r i t i es in th i s c l ass o f verbs occ ur
because a nun a t the end o f a sy l l ab ic i s o f t en ass imi la ted to the consonan t
beg inn ing the fo l lowing sy l l ab le , even to a l a ryngea l ( I 2 ) . However , th i s i s
no t un iversa l , fo r the nun may a l so be re ta ined , espec ia l ly in the Haphel .Natura l ly , no i r regu lar i t i es a re caused by a nun tha t i s in i t i a l ( the f i r s t conso
nan t in a word o r sy l l ab le) .
(A) Pe a l : the Pe N un ve rbs exh ib i t m ore i r regu lar i t i e s in the Pea l th an in the
d e r i v ed co n j u g a t i o n s [p o s s i b l y b ecau s e t h e re a r e mo re o ccu r r en ces i n
th e Peal] .
Per fec t : n o i r r eg u l a r i t i e s a r e cau s ed b y t h e i n i t i a l n u n i n t h e p e r f ec t .
Im p er fe c t : a l t h o u g h t h e ch a rac t e r i s t i c v o w e l o f t h e i mp er fec t i s u s u a l l y u
(w i t h a i n t h e s t a t i v e v e rb s ) , t h e Pe N u n v e rb s ex h i b i t a d ec i d ed pref
eren ce fo r a n / ( see Lesson V I , sec . 1 ) ; the ass im i la t io n o r n on- ass im
i l a t i o n o f t h e n u n s eems t o b e i n d i s c r i mi n a t e : ( s i n g . ) V p - JW - jriiri;
(p l u ra l ) pVpn p jr i r
In f in i t ive : the so le occu rren ce ha pp en s to be re gu lar : ]n3 p
I m p e r a t i v e : t h e n u n i s d r o p p e d c o m p l e t e l y : ( p l u r a l ) i p s [ a p p a r e n t l y
o n an an a l o g y w i t h t h e i mp er fec t an d i mp era t i v e o f t h e r eg u l a r v e rb :
i f n n p- ( i mp e r fec t ) > an a ( i m p er a t i v e ) t h en p B - > ps ] .
Pa r t i c i p l e s : a s i n t h e p e r f ec t , t h e n u n i s i n i t i a l , s o t h e re a r e n o i r r eg u
la r i t i es .(B) Pae l : t h e s o l e o ccu r r en ce h ap p e n s t o b e an i n f i n it i v e , an d w i t h an i n i t i a l
n u n t h e re i s n o i r r eg u l a r i t y .
(C) H a p h e l ( an d A p h e l ) : t h e a s s i m i l a t i o n o r n o n -as s i m i l a t i o n o f t h e n u n
s eems t o o ccu r i n d i s c r i mi n a t e l y h e re a l s o .
Pe r f ec t an d Imp er fec t : t h o s e o ccu r r en ces i n v e rb s s t r i c t l y Pe N u n a re
reg u l a r .
In f i n i t iv e : t h e n u n m ay b e r e t a i n ed ; o r i t m ay b e a s s i m i l a t ed , a s innVsn.
Par t i c i p l e s : t h e n u n ma y b e r e t a i n ed ; o r i t m ay b e a s s i m i l a t ed , a s i n " js a[ a n A p h e l f o r m ] .
(D ) Pe i l : t h e i n i t i a l n u n i s n o t a s s i mi l a t ed , h en ce t h e re a r e n o i r r eg u l a r i t i e s i n
the Pe i l .
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 61/121
4 8
( E ) H i t h p e e l : t h e r e are no o c c u r r e n c e s in verbs s t r i c t ly Pe Nun .
( F ) H i t h p a a l : in the h i t h p a a l c o n j u g a t i o n the Pe l e t t e r n ev e r co m es at the end
o f a s y l l ab l e , h en ce no i r r eg u l a r i t i e s o ccu r in the Pe Nun verbs .
2. Verbs Pe Nun and Ayin Laryngeal: All the p h o n e t i c r u l e s of b o t h
c l a s s e s ap p l y to th i s c l ass of d o u b l y w e a k v e r b s . The two m a i n o n e s are (1) the
p o s s i b l e a s s i mi l a t i o n of the nun, and (2) the i mp o s s i b i l i t y of d o u b l i n g the
l a r y n g e a l (I 8).
(A ) Pea l and H o p h a l : the so le a t t es ted fo rm in e a c h of t h e s e co n j u g a t i o n s
h a p p e n s to be r eg u l a r .
( B ) H a p h e l (and A p h e l ) : the o n l y v e rb w i t h t h i s k i n d of d o u b l e w eak n es s
co mes f ro m the r o o t nm; in the H a p h e l (or A p h e l ) the nun is a s s i mi
l a t e d , but the l a r y n g e a l c a n n o t be d o u b l e d as a r e s u l t o f t h e a s s i m i l a t i o n ;
b e c a u s e the l a r y n g e a l is a n, t h e r e is no l e n g t h e n i n g of the v o w e l in
c o m p e n s a t i o n (see I 8).
I m p e r f e c t : ( s i n g . ) nnn [an A p h e l f o r m ]
I m p e r a t i v e : ( s i n g ) nns [an A p h e l f o r m ]
P a r t i c i p l e : ( p l u r a l ) pnnna [a H a p h e l f o r m ]
3. Verbs Pe Nun and Lam edh Laryngeal: O n c e a g a i n , all the ru l e s of
b o t h of t h e s e p a r t i c u l a r c l a s se s ap p l y to th i s c l ass of d o u b l y w e a k v e r b s . If it is
n o t e d t h a t a nun may (or may not) be a s s i m i l a t e d , and t h a t all sh or t vow els
b e c o m e p a t h a h b e f o r e a f ina l l a ryngea l (see I J), t h e n t h o s e few o c c u r r e n c e s of
v e r b s in th i s c l ass are a m p l y e x p l a i n e d .
4 . Pe Yodh Verbs {Including Pe Waw): T h e s e are rea l ly two d i s t inc t
c lasses , but are d i s t i n g u i s h a b l e f r o m e a c h o t h e r o n l y in the H a p h e l . In th is
c o n n e c t i o n it s h o u l d be r e m e m b e r e d t h a t an i n i t i a l waw b e c o m e s a y o d h
(see I 6). I r r e g u l a r i t i e s o c c u r w h e n the y o d h (or waw) c o m e s at the end of as y l l ab l e . E s p ec i a l l y i r r eg u l a r are f o r m a t i o n s a n a l o g o u s to the Pe Nun class
w h e r e the i n i t ia l c o n s o n a n t is a s s i m i l a t ed [o n ly ap p a re n t l y ] to the fol lowing
c o n s o n a n t .
( A ) P e a l : the o n l y i r r eg u l a r i t i e s a t t e s t ed o ccu r in the i mp er fec t and the
i m p e r a t i v e , w i t h one i m p o r t a n t e x c e p t i o n ; w h e n the per fec t occu rs
w i t h the c o n j u n c t i o n i, the y o d h is e l i d ed as a c o n s o n a n t , and b eco mes
p a r t of the l o n g v o w e l (as in BH): lami
P e r f e c t : q u i t e r e g u l a r : ( s i n g . ) ap- nVa?
I m p e r f e c t : t h i s is u s u a l l y c o n j u g a t e d as t h o u g h t h e v e r b b e l o n g e d t o t h e Pe
N u n c l a s s , w i t h the i n i t i a l c o n s o n a n t a s s i m i l a t e d to the s eco n d co n s o
n a n t (see a b o v e ) : ( s i n g . ) Va Van [ Q e r e : the K e t h i b f o r m "raw and
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 62/121
4 9
t h e fo rm V D V (Dan. 2:10) are c o n s i d e r e d as P e a l s i n c o r r e c t l y w r i t t e n
l i k e H o p h a l s ; o t h e r s c o n s i d e r t h e m to be g e n u i n e e x a m p l e s of an old
B A H u p h a l ( H o p h a l ) c o n j u g a t io n ] h o w e v e r , in one i n s t a n c e , the y o d hi s e l i mi n a t ed as a c o n s o n a n t i n s t e a d , and j o i n s a p reced i n g l o n g v o w e l
(see I P): ( s i n g . ) aori
P a r t i c i p l e s : all are r eg u l a r : ( s i n g . ) j D - n"??;; (p l u ra l ) pan;
( B ) P a e l : the so le occurrence ( in f in i t ive) of a v e rb s t r i c t l y Pe Y o d h is r eg u l a r .
( C ) H a p h e l : h e r e t h e r e is a d i s t i n c t i o n b e t w e e n t r u e Pe Y o d h v e r b s and t h o s e
or ig ina l ly Pe Waw; in the l a t t e r the y o d h r e v e r t s to its o r i g i n a l waw,
a n d b e c o m e s in in the H a p h e l ( s ee I D) ; the t r u e Pe Y o d h v e r b s b e c o m e
••n in the H a p h e l (see I P).Perfec t : ( s ing . ) anin Va-n
In f i n i t i v e : nVa-n
(D ) Pe i l : t h i s co n j u g a t i o n , li k e the p ea l p e r f ec t , has a s h e w a u n d e r the i n i t i a l
c o n s o n a n t , and t h e r e f o r e is r eg u l a r , u n l e s s p reced ed by the c o n j u n c t i o n
1 (see a b o v e ) .
( E ) H o p h a l : t h e r e is o n l y one o c c u r r e n c e , w h i c h has in i n s t e a d of the r eg u l a r
im
p e r f e c t : t h i r d p e r s o n f e m i n i n e s i n g u l a r : nepin
( F ) H i t h p e e l and H i t h p a a l : t h e re are no o c c u r r e n c e s in verbs s t r i c t ly Pe Y o d h ,
b u t no i r r eg u l a r i t i e s n eed h av e b een ex p ec t ed a n y w ay , for the Pe l e t t e r
d o e s not c o m e at the end of a sy l l ab le [for e x a m p l e s of Pe Y o d h , see the
v e r b s b o t h Pe Y o d h and A y i n L a r y n g e a l b e l o w ] .
5 . The Shaphel and Saphel Conjugations: As was n o t e d p r e v i o u s l y , t h e r e
o c c u r s a s h i n c a u s a t i v e c o n j u g a t i o n , the S h a p h e l (see L e s s o n V , sec . 1) as wel l
a s the H a p h e l and the A p h e l . H o w e v e r , the o c c u r r e n c e s are not c o m m o n (see
L es s o n V I I I , s ec . 6 ) . All of the o c c u r r e n c e s of the S h a p h e l in BA are closely
re l a t ed to (if not b o r r o w e d f r o m ) the S h a p h e l of A c c a d i a n ( c o m m o n in t h a t
l an g u ag e ) .
( A ) S h a p h e l : the s o l e o ccu r r en ce in the Pe Y o d h v e r b s is m o r e a p p a r e n t
t h an r ea l , for it c o m e s f r o m the A c c a d i an sUzubu — usezib, the S h a p h e l
of ezebu, w h i c h is c o g n a t e to the BH aw, not ar; h e n c e it can be
l i s t ed in BA as a Pe Y o d h o n l y for c o n v e n i e n c e .
Pe r f ec t : ( s i n g . ) ar*
Imp er fec t : ( s i n g . ) ap^
In f i n i t i v e : (w i t h an a t t ached suf f ix ) 'qniartt (e tc . )
Par t i c ip le : ( s ing . ) apBto
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 63/121
50
( B ) S a p h e l : the one o c c u r r e n c e of a S a p h e l in BA is u n d o u b t e d l y f r o m an
o r i g i n a l Pe Waw c o n j u g a t i o n (cf. B H ) , for it comes f rom the A c c a d i a n
subulu, the S h a p h e l of {w)abdlu ( e v e n t h o u g h in the H a p h e l of BA byi s t r ea t ed as a t r u e Pe Y o d h ) . The use of o, i n s t e a d of the u sua l ^ of
the Shaphel , poss ib ly ref lec t s an A s s y r i a n r a t h e r t h a n a Baby lon i an
p r o n u n c i a t i o n of the A c c a d i a n in t h i s i n s t ance .
P a r t i c i p l e : ( p l u r a l ) pVaioa
6. Verbs Pe Yodh and Ayin Laryngeal: All the ru l es of bo th c lasses
a p p l y to th i s c lass of d o u b l y w e a k v e r b s . M o r e of the a t t e s t ed i r r egu l a r it i e s
o c c u r b e c a u s e of t h e l a r y n g e a l t h a n b e c a u s e of t he y od h (even if t h e r e is no Pael
a t t e s t e d ) .( A ) P e a l : t h e r e are no o c c u r r e n c e s in the i m p e r f e c t or in the infini t ive.
P er fec t : r egu l a r , excep t when it o c c u r s w i t h the c o n j u n c t i o n ^: (sing.)
an- nan-; ( p l u r a l ) ian-i
I m p e r a t i v e : th i s is c o n j u g a t e d as t h o u g h it b e l o n g e d to the Pe Nun class ,—
t h e i n i t i a l c o n s o n a n t is d r o p p e d c o m p l e t e l y : ( s in g .) an
P a r t i c i p l e : the on ly i r r egu l a r i t y is t h a t the l a ryngea l t akes a compos i t e
s h e w a : ( s i n g . ) an- ; (p lu ra l ) ]-an;
(B) P e i l : un i fo rm ly regu l a r , excep t w hen found w i th the c o n j u n c t i o n i.
( C ) H i t h p e e l : the y o d h c a u s e s no i r r egu l a r i t i e s , — al l i r r egu l a r i t ie s t ha t occu r
a re on a c c o u n t of the l a ryngea l .
I m p e r f e c t : ( s i n g . ) an-n- an-nn; (p lu ra l ) pan-n?
P ar t i c ip l es : ( s i ng . ) an-pa nan-iia; (p lu ra l ) ]-an::na
( D ) I t h p a a l : the so l e a t t e s t ed fo rm is i r r egu l a r becau se the l a ryngea l can no t
b e d o u b l e d and the p r e c e d i n g v o w e l is l e n g t h e n e d in c o m p e n s a t i o n for
t h e l a c k of d o u b l i n g by the » (see I 8 b) .
P e r f e c t : ( p l u r a l ) lB»-nx
7. Verbs Pe Yodh and Lamedh Laryngeal: M o s t of the i r r egu l a r i t i e s
w h i c h o c c u r in b o t h the Pe Y o d h c l a s s and in the La m ed h Lary ngea l cl ass
o c c u r in th i s c lass of d o u b l y w e a k v e r b s . T h i s is t r u e in sp i t e of the fact th at
t h i s c l as s is l i m i t e d in BA to the r o o t v i - in the P e a l and H a p h e l c o n j u g a t i o n s .
( A ) P e a l : the pe r fec t is q u i t e r e g u l a r , and the inf in i t ive d oes not occu r .
I m p e r f e c t : the o u t s t a n d i n g c h a r a c t e r i s t ic of t he im per fec t is its a n a l o g y to
t h e Pe Nun c l as s , wh ich is h e r e s h o w n by the a c t u a l p r e s e n ce of a nun
( r a t h e r t h a n by
d o u b l i n g the
s e c on d c o n s o n a n t , as in
ve rbs Pe
Y o d ho n l y ) ; a l t e rna t i ve ly , i f i t is m a i n t a i n e d t h a t t h e y o d h is as s imi l a t ed to the
s e c o n d c o n s o n a n t , t h i s nun c o u l d be c o n s i d e r e d as a r eso lu t i on of t ha t
d o u b l e d s e c o n d c o n s o n a n t ( se e I 3) : ( s ing . ) s ? : r i n V 7 1 N ; (p lu ra l ) psnr
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 64/121
5 1
I m p e r a t i v e : a l s o a n a l o g o u s to the Pe N un c l a s s : ( s i n g . ) VI
Par t i c i p l e s : ( s i n g . ) r T ; (p l u ra l ) p s T j (pass ive) v -T [ n o t e the p a t h a h
fur t ive]( B ) H a p h e l : the o c c u r r e n c e s in the H a p h e l s h o w t h a t was an o r i g i n a l Pe
W a w v e r b , and all the f o r m s are o n l y i r r eg u l a r in a c c o r d a n c e w i t h
t h e n o r m a l p a t t e r n for a Pe Waw H a p h e l , and a l s o in t h o s e p l aces
w h e r e h a v i n g a L a m e d h L a r y n g e a l a f f e c t s the v o c a l i z a t i o n .
8 . Pe Aleph Verbs: In g e n e r a l the a l e p h q u i e s ce s w h e n e v e r it d o e s not
h a v e its own v o w e l . To c o m p e n s a t e for t h i s q u i e s cen ce at the end of a sy l l ab le ,
t h e p reced i n g v o w e l is o f t e n l e n g t h e n e d (see I 5). H o w e v e r , the a l e p h was
r e t a i n e d in w r i t i n g by h i s t o r i c a l o r t h o g r a p h y (e.g. X-_ i n s t e a d of the u s u a lse re y o d h ">—).
O t h e r w i s e , the Pe A l e p h c l a s s is v e ry s i mi l a r to the Pe L a ry n g ea l c l a s s (w h i ch
see).
( A ) P e a l : the s h e w a u n d e r an i n i t i a l a l e p h is u s u a l l y a h a t e p h p a t h a h ( se e I M ).
Per fec t : ( s i n g . ) V TN ; (p l u ra l ) I V I N Klbw
I m p e r f e c t : the a l ep h q u i e s ces , and the v o w e l of the p ref ix is l e n g t h e n e d in
c o m p e n s a t i o n (see I 5): ( s ing . ) bo»r\; (p l u ra l ) n a x : [ juss ive]
In f in i t ive : see the d o u b l y w e a k v e r b n a K b e l o w .I m p e r a t i v e : h e r e is ex h i b i t ed a v a r i e t y of f o r m a t i o n s , i n c l u d i n g a h a t e p h
s eg h o l u n d e r the a l e p h , r a t h e r t h a n the u s u a l h a t e p h p a t h a h (see the
d o u b l y w e a k v e r b nax b e l o w ) : ( s i n g . ) -bjv. ""VsN
P a r t i c i p l e s : the ac t i v e p a r t i c i p l e s are all r e g u l a r ( t h e r e is no o c c u r r e n c e of
t h e p as s i v e p a r t i c i p l e ) .
( B ) H a p h e l : the Pe A l e p h v e rb s h av e a f o r m a t i o n a n a l o g o u s to the Pe Y o d h
( a n d Pe W a w ) c la s s in the H a p h e l . O t h e r t h a n a p o s s i b l e e a r l y o r t h o
g r a p h i c w a w - y o d h c o n f u s i o n , t h e r e is a p p a r e n t l y no r e a s o n why one
v e r b is fo rmed l i k e a Pe Waw and a n o t h e r l i k e a Pe Y o d h .
P e r f e c t : the v e r b pN is a n a l o g o u s to a Pe Y o d h : ( s in g .) p-n
I m p e r f e c t : the v e r b nan is a n a l o g o u s to a Pe W aw : ( s ing . ) nainri;
(p l u ra l ) jnan-
In f i n i t i v e : nnain
P a r t i c i p l e : the s o l e o ccu r r en ce is a p as s i v e p a r t i c i p l e : ( s i n g . ) p-na
( C ) H o p h a l : the s o l e a t t e s t e d fo rm is a l s o a n a l o g o u s to the Pe W aw .
Per fec t : ( s i n g . ) nam
(D ) Pae l , Pe i l , and the R e f le x iv e C o n j u g a t i o n s : t h e r e are no o c c u r r e n c e s in
B A of t h e s e c o n j u g a t i o n s in the Pe A l e p h c l a s s .
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 65/121
52
11. Vocabulary:
— (hophal) to be destroyed — (ithpaal) to take counsel
— to go (to or away) together
• ^ ^ ^— to eat an- — (haphel) to settle; cause
jax — (haphel) to trust in to dwell
— earth (1) nria — province; town; city (7)
bT — (haphel) to bring nm — (haphel and aphel) to
bT — (saphel) to offer; br in g; deposit
lay; > preserve b^ — (haphel and aphel) to
— heap of stones (1) rescue, deliver
a ? : — to be pleasing — witness; testimony (9)
— (hophal) to be added a w — to rescue
12. Exercises: Translate the following:
nVsra n-a laim Knrn iVax (i)
]na»n nas^V ap- . r[<m-b^'\ •^•'bv n nai (2)
nV nppin nx-Jto naani nnVxa p'n Vs n (3)
9. Verbs Pe Aleph and Ayin Laryngeal: Thi s class of doubly weak verbs
does not happen to be found in BA.
10. Verbs Pe Aleph and Lamedh Laryngeal: Only one verb is attested in
BA, and that in the Peal. I t exhibits the weaknesses of the two classes re
spectively to which it belongs. The Peal of nax is formed as follows:
Perfect:the aleph takes the hateph pathah and the laryngeal prefers the
a-vowel: (sing.) lax
—third person feminine; nnax [for a discussion of the apparent
segholate ending, see the discussion of the hithpeel perfect of the
Lamedh Laryngeal verbs in Lesson X];
—first person; n"iaN [as in the Pe Laryngeal verbs, the original _ isretained instead of _ (see the discussion of the peal perfect of the Pe
Laryngeal verbs in Lesson X) ] ; (plural) nas
Imperfect: the aleph quiesces: (sing.) l as - ; (plural) piaxri
Infinitive: the aleph quiesces as usual, but there is also an unusual ortho
graphic variation where the aleph is not written: laxa and laa
Imperative: the hat eph seghol is found here instead of the usual hateph
pathah: (sing.) ia^
Participles: the laryngeal of the singular influences the preceding vowel;
the plural is regular: (sing.) l aN; (plural) p-iax
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 66/121
53
Uniar^V K n » ' ? ia •'»''3n Vb wv;nx (4)
pDt^ n n n p a ia n a n i n i ^Vx xja x Va-n xa n x a " ? ? (5)
la x xi a ra w n i xa n xnVx n-a"? xn in p nin-V xiVm (e)
D ' ? B h T a n s'^a-n? xjixa n n x - ^ j x nV •la ?1 (?)
x»nx?i xja tfa f n x n a y i "jsai arw? x in i (8)
K»aw n i n n - ] a i x yn x a n a x n a s? x x p n x i x-aB^-'T xjnVx oinV pn pxn n n a (9)
(Jer . 10:11) nVx
(Genesis 31:47) xnnrjto Tl ( lo )
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 67/121
5 4
L E S S O N X I I
H O L L O W V E R B S
1 . The Hollow Verbs: A y i n W a w v e r b s a n d A y i n Y o d h v e rb s a r e a l so
c a l l e d " h o l l o w " v e r b s , a t e r m , b o r r o w e d f r o m A r a b i c , w h i c h is u s e d t o d e s i g n a t e
t h e " e m p t i n e s s " o r " w e a k n e s s " i n t h e m i d d l e c o n s o n a n t o f t h e s e t w o c l a s s e s .
T h i s w eak n es s , o f co u r s e , i s p r e s en t o n l y w h en t h e w aw o r y o d h i s a v o w e l . I ns o m e v e r b s t h e s e l e t t e r s i n t h e m i d d l e p o s i t i o n a r e t r u e c o n s o n a n t s , a n d s u c h
v e r b s d o not b e l o n g t o t h e "h o l l o w " v e rb s . I t i s p ro b ab l y b es t t o co n s i d e r t h e
h o l l o w v e rb s a s b as i ca l l y b i c o n s o n a n t a l . W h er ea s i n B H t h e re i s m u c h flu ctu
a t ion be tween the use o f shor t and long var ie t i es o f d i f l ' e ren t ly voca l i zed s t ems
( e . g . D ip a n d np^. D p , a n d D p J , i n BA t h e re i s a l m o s t i n v a r i ab l y t h e l o n g
v a r i e t y o f t h e s t em ( D i p a n d D p ) . Co n s eq u en t l y , ev en i f s o me fo rms a r e n o t
w r i t t e n plene, t h ey a r e mo s t p ro b ab l y t o b e r eg a rd ed a s l o n g v o w e l s .
I n b o t h B H a n d B A t h e r e i s s o m e c o n f u s i o n b e t w e e n f o rm s w r i t t e n w i t h w a w
an d t h o s e w r i t t e n w i t h y o d h , t h e re fo re i t h a s b een s o m ew h a t d if lScu lt t o d e t e r
m i n e w h i c h v e r b s a r e p r o p e r l y A y i n W a w a n d w h i c h a r e A y i n Y o d h . V e r y
p o s s i b l y t h i s co n fu s i o n o f fo rm s h a s r e s u l t ed la rg e l y f ro m an ea r l i e r o r t h o
g r a p h i c w a w - y o d h c o n f u s i o n . T h o s e v e r b s i n w h i c h w a w p r e d o m i n a t e s i n t h e
i mp er fec t a r e c l a s s ed a s A y i n W aw v e rb s an d t h o s e v e rb s i n w h i ch y o d h
p r e d o m i n a t e s i n t h e i m p e r f e c t a r e c l a s s e d a s A y i n Y o d h v e r b s . H o w e v e r , i t i s
i m p o r t a n t t o n o t e t h a t i n B A b o t h c l a s s e s h a v e q a m e s i n t h e p e r f e c t [ w h i c h
m a k e s i t c o n v e n i e n t t o c o n s i d e r t h e m t o g e t h e r i n o n e l e s s o n , o r e v e n t o g r o u p
t h em t o g e t h e r i n o n e c l a s s ( s ee L es s o n V I I I , s ec . 2 ) J . T h i s l o n g v o w e l (q ames ) i nt h e p e r f ec t h a s t h e accen t , an d t o t h i s l o n g s t em, t h e r eg u l a r p e r f ec t en d i n g s
h a v e b een ad d e d . T h u s , t h e § ere i n t h e f irs t p e r s o n s i n g u l a r d o e s n o t h av e t h e
acc en t , an d is t h e re fo re r ed u ced t o a s eg h o l . B o t h c l a ss e s a l s o h av e a n o t h e r
c o m m o n c h a r a c t e r i s t i c , t h e u s u a l r e d u c t i o n o f t h e p r e t o n i c v o w e l t o s h e w a i n
t h e p re fi x es o f t h e i mp er fec t an d i n t h e H a p h e l p e r f ec t .
2 . Ayin W aw Verbs: A s i n d i ca t ed ab o v e , v e rb s w i t h w aw as a co /u o n a / j /
fo r t h e A y i n l e t t e r d o n o t b e l o n g t o t h i s c l a s s o f v e rb s . T h e A y i n W aw v e rb s
a r e v e rb s f u n d a m e n t a l l y b i c o n s o n a n t a l w i t h t h e i a s a vowel p r e d o m i n a t i n g o v e r
th e •« in th e P ea l im pe rfec t .
(A ) P ea l : t h e g en e ra l ru l e s g i v en ab o v e h a v e t h e i r ap p l i ca t i o n a s fo l lo w s :
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 68/121
55
Per fec t : the p e r f ec t has the accen ted q am es , ex cep t for an a p p a r e n t l y
a n o m a l o u s p e r f e c t of m"i: ( s ing . ) D p D"l np o; ( p lu r a l ) lap
Imp er f ec t : the p r e to n ic v o we l is r ed u ced to s h e w a u n d e r the pref ixes:(sing.) mpi a w ; ( p lu r a l ) paip;-
Imp era t iv e : s im i l a r to the i m p e r f e ct , w i t h o u t the pref ix: (sing.) -"aip
Par t i c ip l e s : in the h o l lo w v e rb s the Pea l ac t ive par t ic ip le is a t r i c o n -
s o n a n t a l f o r m a t i o n , in w h i c h the waw or y o d h c o m i n g b e t w e e n _
an d a ful l vowe l , bec om es x; in the p lu r a l the x has a h a t e p h p a t h a h in
t h e K e t h i b , but the Qere r ead s i for x [even in the A y i n W a w c lass ] :
(sing.) D x p ; ( p lu r a l ) ]•'a tp [ K e t h i b ] pa'i? [Qere]
(B) Pa e l : wi th so few a t t e s t e d f o r m a t i o n s of th is c lass in BA, o ccu r r en ces ofPae l and of Po le l (which see b e lo w) are e q u a l , — o n e ex am p le each
[un l ike BH w h i c h has a p r e p o n d e r a n c e of Po le l over Pie l , Po la l over
P u a l , and H i t h p o l e l o v e r H i t h p a e l ] .
In f in i t ive : here aga in appears a t r i c o n s o n a n t a l f o r m a t i o n , the mid d le l e t t e r
t r ea t ed as a c o n s o n a n t , b e i ng d o u b l e d (it is a y o d h r a t h e r t h a n the waw
expec ted [cf. Pea l p a r t i c ip l e s ab o v e ] ) : n a»p
( C ) H a p h e l (and A p h e l ) : the p r e to n ic v o we l is r ed u ce d h e r e , as in the Pea l
imper fec t .
Pe r f ec t : the v o we l u n d e r the p r e f o r m a t i v e n or x is u su a l ly a h a t e p h
p a t h a h (see I M ); in the th i rd p e r so n f emin in e s in g u la r the v o w e l of
t h e n is p r o p r e t o n i c , and b e c o m e s a h a t ep h seg h o l : ( s in g . ) D''p.r (and
D-'pn) na-'px [Aphel-with suff ix] napH na"' ?,?] na-'pn; ( p lu r a l ) wpn
Imp er f ec t : in the s in g u la r the v o we l of the p r e f o r m a t i v e n is - or _ ; the
prefix has _ or _, usua l ly the l a t t e r : ( s in g . ) D'-p', [Ap h e l ] D''pri [Aphel ]
bu t r j ipn [Ap hel] and D'pm [Hap h e l ]
Inf ini t ive: th is is f o rmed as t h o u g h the r o o t w e re tr u ly b i c o n s o n a n t a l ; the
vowel of the p r e f o r m a t i v e is _ : nitn
Par t i c ip l e s : the v o we l of the p r e f o r m a t i v e n is _ ; the A p h e l , w i t h o u t a
p re fo rma t iv e s has t h i s _ u n d e r the a: ( s ing . ) D^na [ H a p h e l ] ana
[Aphel ]
(D) Pe i l : see the Pe i l of the Ay in Yo d h c l a ss b e lo w .
( E ) H o p h a l : the p r e f o r m a t i v e n has the r ed u ced v o we l _.
Per fec t : the o n ly o ccu r r en ces are b o th th i rd p e r so n f emin in e s in g u la r
na''pri and napn
( F ) H i t h p e e l : see the H i t h a p h e l ( H i t t a p h e l ) c o n j u g a t i o n b e l o w .
3. The Polel and Hithpolel Conjuga tions: In BA t h e r e are o n ly a few
fo rms of these der ived con jug a t io ns , which are so c o m m o n in BH a m o n g the
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 69/121
56
h o l l o w v e rb s . A s i n BH , t h e s e co n j u g a t i o n s a r e fo rmed i n BA b y t h e r ed u p l i
ca t i o n o f t h e f i n a l ro o t co n s o n an t , an d a r e l i mi t ed t o t h e h o l l o w v e rb s .
(A ) Po l e l : t h i s co n j u g a t i o n p a ra l l e l s i n m ean i n g an d u s ag e t h e Pae l o f t h ereg u l a r ( s t ro n g ) v e rb .
Pa r t i c i p l e : t h e s o l e o ccu r r en ce i s a p a r t i c i p l e : ( s i n g . ) D D i l D
(B) H i t h p o l e l : t h i s co n j u g a t i o n p a ra l l e l s i n m ean i n g an d u s ag e e i t h e r t h e
H i t h p ee l o r t h e H i t h p aa l o f t h e r eg u l a r ( s t ro n g ) v e rb .
Pe r f ec t : t h e s o l e o ccu r r en ce i s a p e r f ec t : ( s i n g . ) riaainnr'
4. The Hithaphel (Hittaphel) Conjugation: T h e s o -c a ll ed " H i t h p e e l "
fo rms o f h o l l o w v e rb s a r e r ea l l y H i t h ap h e l fo rms . J u s t a s t h e s h i n cau s a t i v e
co n j u g a t i o n , t h e Sh ap h e l , h a s a / - r e f l ex i v e , t h e H i s h t ap h a l ( s ee L es s o n V ,sec. 1 ), so th e a leph c aus a t iv e co n ju ga t ion , the Ap he l , has a / - re fl ex ive , the
H i t h ap h e l . H o w ev e r , t h e p re fo rma t i v e x i s a s s i mi l a t ed b y t h e n , w h i ch i n t u rn
i s d o u b l ed , s o t h e H i t h a p h e l ap p ea r s a s H i t t a p h e l . F i n a l l y , t h e o -vo w e l u n d e r
t h e d o u b l e d t aw is r ed u ced t o a s h ew a .
I t m u s t b e n o t ed , h o w ev e r , t h a t a l t h o u g h t h e v e rb s a r e t o b e ex p l a i n ed a s
/ - r e f l ex i v e fo rma t i o n s o f t h e A p h e l , t h e i r mean i n g i s o f t en t h e s ame a s t h a t o f
t h e / - re f lex iv e o f t h e Pea l , t h e H i t h p e e l . T h u s th ey a r e o f ten ca l l ed "H i t h p e e l "
v e rb s . I n BA t h e re a r e t w o ro o t s w i t h a H i t h ap h e l (H i t t ap h e l ) co n j u g a t i o n , o n e
a n A y i n W a w v e r b , yn a n d o n e a n A y i n Y o d h v e r b , oris,
(A ) A y i n W aw : w h erea s t h e p re s e rv a t i o n o f t h e w aw as an a -v o w e l mi g h t b e
ex p e c t ed h e re ( s ee t h e A y i n Y o d h fo rms b e l o w ) , t h e y o d h o f t h e A p h e l
s eems t o d o mi n a t e , an d t h e v o w e l i s
I m p e r f e c t : ( s i n g . ) ptf i-
(B) A y i n Y o d h : co n v e r s e l y , t h e s e fo rm a t i o n s p re s e rv e t h e o -v o w e l , e i t h e r _
o r _ :
I m p e r f e c t : ( s in g . ) D ^ n ^ ( p l u r a l ) pafen?
P a r t i c i p l e : ( s i n g . ) Dfena
5. Ayin Yodh Verbs: V erb s o f th i s c l ass a re fa r l ess f requ en t in BA th an
A y i n W a w v e r b s . A s w a s m e n t i o n e d p r e v i o u s l y , t h e f o r m a t i o n s o f t h e t w o
c l a s s e s a r e a l mo s t i d en t i ca l , an d t h e s ame g en e ra l ru l e s d i s cu s s ed ab o v e ap p l y
h e re .
(A ) Pe a l : i n t h e Pea l co n j u g a t i o n d i flf er en ces b e t w e en A y i n Y o d h an d A y i n
W aw v e rb s w o u l d b e ex p ec t ed i n t h e imp er fec t a s w e ll a s t h e i mp era t i v e ,
b u t t h e re i s n o ce r t a i n o ccu r r en ce o f t h e i mp er fec t .P e r f e c t : t h e s a m e a s A y i n W a w : ( s in g . ) D t o r i n ^ ( a n d ^aw) r a ^
Imp era t i v e : h e re ( an d i n t h e i mp er fec t ) t h e t ru e d i s t i n c t i o n b e t w een t h e
t w o c l a s se s i s r ead i l y ap p a re n t : ( p l u ra l ) la''??
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 70/121
5 7
Par t i c i p l e : o n l y the pass ive is a t t e s t e d , and p o s s i b l y it is a t h i r d p e r s o n
m a s c u l i n e of the Pe i l per fec t : ( s ing . )
(B) Pe i l : the o c c u r r e n c e of a w-vowel here is difficult to ex p l a i n ; p o s s i b l y itis a H e b r a i s m (on an a n a l o g y w i t h the Qal p as s i v e p a r t i c i p l e of BH );
poss ib ly it is a r e s u l t of an e a r l i e r o r t h o g r a p h i c w a w - y o d h c o n f u s i o n ,
l a te r los t [ th i s fo rm is no t plene, h o w e v e r ] , but p re s e rv ed in o r a l t r a d i t i o n
t o M a s o r e t i c t i m e s .
Per fec t : ( s ing . ) w^il) [see the P e a l p a r t i c i p l e a b o v e ] n a ^ [ femin ine]
6. Verbs Pe Laryngeal and Hollow: It is difficult to d e t e r m i n e w h e t h e r
t h e s o l e ex am p l e of th i s c l ass of v e r b s is an A p h e l f r o m the ro o t B i n , or e i t h e r a
Pea l or an A p h e l f ro m the r o o t DTI. B e c a u s e of t h e c o g n a t e A r a b i c the a u t h o rprefers the r o o t yn, and b e c a u s e of the p a t h a h u n d e r the pref ix (wi th the
v a r i a n t q a m e s ) , the a u t h o r p r e f e rs to c o n s i d e r it an A p h e l [cf the A p h e l f o r m
r\''PFi a b o v e ] . N e i t h e r c o n c l u s i o n is by any m e a n s c o n c l u s i v e . The fo rm is:
Imp er fec t : ( p l u ra l ) itjin;
7. Verbs Lam edh Laryngeal and Hollow: T h o s e few h o l l o w v e rb s w h i ch
h a v e a l a ry n g ea l as the L a m e d h l e t t e r , do not h a p p e n to h a v e any a d d i t i o n a l
i r r eg u l a r i t i e s b ecau s e of the p re s en ce of the l a r y n g e a l in the a t t e s t e d f o r m s .T h e y all b e l o n g to the A y i n W a w c l as s of h o l l o w v e r b s , and so can be c o n s i d
e red in t h a t s e c t i o n of th i s l esson and n eed no fu r t h e r d i s cu s s i o n h e re .
8. Verbs Pe Nun and Hollow: As in the c l a s s a b o v e , it so h a p p e n s t h a t
t h e p re s en ce of a n u n d o e s not add to the i r r eg u l a r i t i e s a l r ead y p re s en t in t h e t w o
classes of h o l l o w v e r b s . In fac t , s ince there is no s tr o n g c o n s o n a n t in the po
s i t i o n of the A y i n l e t t e r to w h i c h the nun (as the Pe l e t t e r ) can a s s i mi l a t e in
t h e i mp er fec t , the nun is r e t a i n e d . The o n l y a t t e s t ed fo rm is in the P e a l , as
fo l lows :
Imp er fec t : ( s i n g . ) niri
9 . Vocabulary:
•'P'IBX — a t i t l e of officials n iT — ( h a p h e l ) t o act pre-
-DnonDN — a t i t l e of o f fi c ia ls su m ptu ou s ly
• • r T T 1 PT — ( h i t h a p h e l ) to l ive•nsiN — an i n h a b i t a n t of U r u k ' . . . • . , s
• - (o n ) ; s u b s i s t (on)
' V a a - B a b y l o n i a n _
( ^ p ^ e i ) to j o i n to-S i m — w h i c h is; t h a t is g e t h e r ; ( r e p a i r , lay,
Kjrn — j u d g e s ; . [ t r a d i t . — a or i n s p ec t )
p r o p e r n a m e ] V?*??* — officials
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 71/121
58
K a i 3 — t h u s Dip — ( h o p h a l ) to be set up
— to flee D1-I — to r i s e ; be h i g h , be
*]10 — to be fulfilled h a u g h t y— ( a p h e l ) to pu t an end D l l — ( a p h e l ) to r a i s e ;
t o , a n n i h i l a t e h e i g h t e n
— c l e r k ; s e c r e t a r y ; s c r ib e D1-I — (po le l ) to p r a i s e ; (ex
(3) a l t )
— E l a m i t e D l l — ( h i t h p o l e l ) to r ise up
Dip — (pae l ) to set up , es ( aga ins t )
t ab l i sh D'tr — ( h i t h a p h e l ) to be put ;
Dip — ( h a p h e l and a p h e l ) to > be m a d e
se t up, f o u n d , ap — an i n h a b i t a n t of S usa ;
p o i n t , e s t a b l i s h S u s a n i a n
10. Exercises: T r a n s l a t e the fo l l owing sen t enc es , and a l so t rans la te
E z r a 4:8, 9.
xnipa-Vs ptn aaai in nVx D ^N (i)
xaqii N s p ? \n'7NV raaiii nnnni ppaiinn xps? sia-Vsi (2)
rtio 'T s Vs Dferin isnsiaii nsp snVa (3)
yoba ipni yobia D'pri n"?x rniaj (4)
na-pn xy i^ Vvi rVpai ran Hrm nim (5)
ni xVi Vnann xVi \>«m bppnb avp na»pV sniaVa "Bp-in-Va i»»;nx (e)
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 72/121
59
L E S S O N X I I I
G E M I N A T E V E R B S
1. Gemmate (or Ayin A yin) Verbs: In t h i s c l a s s , w h e re the A y i n l e t t e r
a n d the L a m e d h l e t t e r ( s e c o n d and t h i r d c o n s o n a n t s ) are a l i k e , t h e r e is a
c o m b i n a t i o n of f o r m s w h i c h can o n l y be a d e q u a t e l y e x p l a i n e d by a s s u m i n g
t h a t s o m e are f u n d a m e n t a l l y b i c o n s o n a n t a l w h i le o t h e r s are t r i c o n s o n a n t a l .I n o t h e r w o r d s , s o m e t i m e s t h e r e is e i t h e r g e m i n a t i o n o f t h e id e n t i c a l c o n s o n a n t s
o r s o m e c o m p e n s a t i o n for it, but e l s ew h ere t h e re is n o n e . If the e x p e c t e d
g e m i n a t i o n or d o u b l i n g of the A y i n l e t t e r ( s e c o n d c o n s o n a n t ) d o e s not o c c u r ,
t h e r e is u s u a l l y d o u b l i n g of the Pe l e t t e r ( f ir st c o n s o n a n t ) , e sp ec i a ll y in the
i mp e r f ec t and o t h e r f o rm s w i t h p r e f o r m a t i v e s . Or, w h e r e t h i s c a n n o t t a k e
p l ace b ecau s e of a l a r y n g e a l or r e s h , t h e r e is e i t h e r a c o m p e n s a t o r y l e n g t h e n i n g
o f t h e p reced i n g v o w e l or the r e s o l v i n g of the d o u b l i n g by a nun (see I 3).
( A ) P e a l : m o s t of t h e o c c u r r e n c e s in the P e a l are w i t h v e r b s t h a t h a v e a n o t h e r
w e a k n e s s in a d d i t i o n to b e i n g G e m i n a t e (see the c lasses of v e r b s b o t h
G e m i n a t e and a l s o l a r y n g e a l or Pe Nun b e l o w ) .
P e r f e c t : the s o l e a t t e s t ed fo rm of the Pea l p e r f ec t is p l u r a l w h e r e g e m i
n a t i o n c o u l d m o s t e a s i l y be s een , but it d o e s not o c c u r ; r a t h e r , the
v e r b is fo rm ed l i k e a m e m b e r of the A y i n W aw c l a s s , and h e n c e is
p r o b a b l y f u n d a m e n t a l l y b i c o n s o n a n t a l : ( p l u r a l)
I m p e r a t i v e : the s o l e a t t e s t ed fo rm h e re is a l s o p l u r a l , and it has g e m i
n a t i o n , h e n c e is f u n d a m e n t a l ly t r i c o n s o n a n t a l : ( p l u ra l )
( B ) P a e l : the P a e l is u n i f o r m l y l i k e the r e g u l a r ( s t r o n g ) v e r b , (VVg, VVg ,
VVaa, e t c . ) w i t h one e x c e p t i o n - t h e f e m i n i n e s i n g u l a r p a r t i c i p l e , w h i c h
a p p e a r s as f o l l o w s : nVVaa
( C ) H a p h e l (and A p h e l ) : o n l y one o c c u r r e n c e is a t t e s t e d as b e i n g f o r m e d
reg u l a r l y , the A p h e l i m p e r f e c t of the v e r b We ( w h i c h see b e l o w ) ;
o t h e r w i s e , in c o m p e n s a t i o n for the l a c k of d o u b l i n g of the i d en t i ca l
s e c o n d and t h i r d c o n s o n a n t s , the f i r s t co n s o n an t is d o u b l e d i n s t e a d
(u n l e s s it is a l a r y n g e a l ; cf. the c lasses of v e r b s b o t h G e m i n a t e and
a l s o l a ry n g ea l b e l o w ) .Pe r f ec t : ( s i n g . ) rtpnn [ f e m i n i n e ] ; ( p l u r a l ) ip^g
I m p e r f e c t : ( s i n g . ) p n [ A p h e l ] , but a l s o VV Ji [a r e g u l a r A p h e l f o r
m a t i o n ]
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 73/121
60
Participles: (sing), p rnp [Haphel] np ra and nplig [both Aphel]
(D) Peil: there is no occurrence of a Peil in the Geminate verbs in BA.
(E) Hophal: see below the occurrences in the doubly weak verbs which areboth Geminate and Pe Laryngeal.
(F) Hit hpeel: this conjugat ion does not occur in this class of verbs in BA; its
place is taken, however, by the Hith poel conjugation (which see below).
(G) Hit hpa al: this conjugation of the Geminate class of verbs is regularly
formed like the Hi thp aa l of the regular (strong) verb (cf the Pael above).
2 . The Shaphel and Hishtaphal Conjugations: The Shaphel conjugation
has already been considered (see Lesson VIII, and Lesson XI, sec. 5) . In the
Geminate class of verbs there occurs another example of the Shaphel conjugation, as well as its /-reflexive conjugation, the Hishtaphal (for a discussion of
the reflexive conjugations in general and of the Hishtaphal conjugation in
particular, see Lesson IX).
(A) Shaphel: in BA the Shaphel of the Geminate verbs is formed quite regu
larly, as though it were the Shaphel of the regular (strong) verb; the
only occurrences are as follows:
Perfect: (sing.) aVVai? [with suffix]; (plural) •\b'^yii
Infinitive: nVV?B>
(B) Hishtaphal: the Hishtaphal is formed regularly by adding the reflexive
preformative hith- to the Shaphel (Hithshap hal), which in tu rn becomes
Hishtaphal by metathesis.
Imperfect: in BA the sole occurrence of the His hta pha l conjugation in any
class of verbs is in this class: (plural) pVVsnB^
3 . The Hithpoel Ithpoel) Conjugation: Closely rela ted to the Hithpolel
conjugation (see Lesson XII, sec. 3) is the Hithpoel. However, there is one
important distinction. The Hith pole l belongs to the Ayin Waw (Ayin Yod h)
c lass , and is formed by a reduplication of the final consonant, but the Hithpoel
belongs to the Geminate class, and both of the identical cons onan ts (second
and third) are retained. As a result, the final formations of the Hithpolel and
Hithpoel look the same, but the proper distinction can be made by referring
to the basic verb root.
The sole occurrence of this conjugation in BA happens to be wit h preform
ative x rather than n, and thus, properly speaking, is an Ithpoel. It comes from
the root ontl, and so is subject to the usual rules of metathesis as follows:
Perfect: (sing.) Da in t f^
4 . Verbs Pe Laryngeal and Geminate: In some of the conjugat ions, verbs
of the Geminate class which also have a laryngeal for the Pe letter, conta in
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 74/121
61
no additional irregularities because of the presence of the laryngeal. Howev er,
in those conjugations of the Geminate class which require doubling of the Pe
letter (first consonant), the laryngeal does not double, and thus there occurs anadditional irregularity. In such cases the doubling is either resolved by a nun,
or the previous vowel is lengthened in compensation.
(A) Pea l: because the re are no occurrences of the Peal imperfect in this class
of doubly weak verbs, the laryngeal is usually the initial con son ant ;
hence, in the Peal of this class, only the infinitive shows any difference
from verbs that are simply Gemina te wi thout any othe r weakness.
Perfect: (sing.) VvnV? [Qere] nV B [Kethib]
Infinitive: ]na
Participle: (plural) p V V [Qere] f"? ?¥ [Kethib]
(B) Haphe l: verbs Gem ina te only doubl e the Pe letter in the Haphel, but
in this class, which is also Pe Laryngeal as well as Geminate, the
doubling is usually (but not always) resolved by a nun (see I 3) ; thus
the hypot hetic al Ge min ate f orm ati on *?» ] becomes bpiTi. etc.
Perfect: (sing.) Vsin
Infinitive: aVwn but also nVyn
(C) Hophal: the Hophal does not occur in verbs Geminate only, but what
would be expected in that class of verbs is what is actually found inthis class of doubly weak verbs.
Perfect: (sing.) Vrn; (plural) iVsn
(D) Hith paal : like the Pael of verbs Geminate only, the Hithpaal of this class
of doubly weak verbs is quite regular, and is formed acc ording to the
pattern of the regular (strong) verb .
5 . Verbs Ayin Laryngeal and Geminate: It may be maintained that the
only root of this class which occurs in BA, »»i [§ade three—BH f Sl ] , is
actually triply weak, or even quadruply weak. Its first consonant (resh) cannotbe doubled; its second consonant (ayin) is a laryngeal; its third consona nt
(ayin) is a laryngeal; and besides all this, the verb is Gem inat e. Little wonder,
then, that in the Peal, the sole attes ted form has so many appar ent irregu
larities.
(A) Peal: the long o in the sole occurrence is generally considered as a
Hebraism.
Imperfect: in Geminate verbs the Peal imperfect would norma lly have the
doubling of the first consonant as does the Haphel (see above, sec. 1);
however, in this class, the resh is not doubled, so the previou s vowel
is lengthened in compensation; thus the hypothetical G emina te for
mation snn becomes shn: (sing.) y'ln
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 75/121
62
(B) Pael: the sole occurrence in the Pael of this class of verbs is a tricon
sonantal formation, just as though the verb were not Geminate, but
rather both Ayin Laryngeal and Lamedh Laryngeal.Participle: (sing.) vvyi
6. Verbs Pe Nun and Geminate: In BA the sole attested form of this
class occurs in the Peal perfect, and as such, the nun is the initial consonant.
Therefore, there is no additional irregularity other than what normally occurs
in verbs Geminate only (which see above). This Peal form is:
Perfect: (sing.) ni?
7. Vocabulary:
— foundation (5) — (hishtaphal) to be fin
mi — to cut down ished
nVi — (haphel) t o take into nw3 — and now
exile — (pael) to speak
— to crush VVs — to go in, enter
— (haphel and aphel) to bbv — (haphel) to bring in
crush — (hophal) to be brought in
] in — to show mercy (to) — copy (1)— (aphel) to seek shade; — to crush
> to make a nest — (pael) to crush
T p - — difficult; honorable (4) — wall (4)
— (shaphel) to finish D»8^ — (ithpoel) to be appalled
8. Exercises: Translate the following sentences, and also translate Ezra
4:10, II.
xanni xep? vam NVne nnn? ipn pixai xaVs Vwn nn xVa (i)
pan ]naV aVp'ria Vaa ••a'-an aa VVa xaVa pix (2)
K-ia nrn VVtpn •'ninhn WV >N n l (3)
nvr^ VVa Q V B ^TV K j i r j a an V» (4)
vnni pnn J T laVa rVx-Va ssnp-^n sVneai (5)
n9ini?^Ni xaVa Va-' a Vsn bv.^ pig (e)
KjaB> DVK D^a pVVantt^ a ^Nj t q a n n •q-t x n n p (7)
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 76/121
6 3
LESSON XIV
LAMEDH HE VERBS
L The Development of the Lamedh He Formations: The so-called
"L amedh He" class of verbs is actually a mix ture of thr ee classes of verbs in
BA, namely those whose final consonan t was originally either N, i, or ''. In BA
there is no trace remaining of the forms with final i. These all appear as finalSo the existing forms are to be regarded as either final x or final •> format ions.
With these basic developments in mind, it is possible to trace the changing
course of the various format ions of this class of verbs with some degree of
probability. The greatest variations from the regular formations of the strong
verb are exhibited in the Peal conjugation. Therefore, it may be well to consider
in some detail the probable development of the Lamedh He verbs in the Peal
conjugation [the change from the original non-aspirant ized forms of the
n O D n n letters to thei r aspirantized BA forms, will be disregarded in theoutline of development below; it occurred somewhere along the line of de
velopment].
Perfect: whereas BH has a constant mixing of the active a-vowel and the
stative j-vowel in the formations of the Qal perfect of the Lamedh He
class, BA usually has the active a-vowel in all forms of the Peal perfect
of this class, except in the first person singular, which has the stative
j - v o w e l .
3 masc. sing.—^^33 or xia > 13 [with the loss of intervocalic •> or x, the two
short vowels together, aa, became the long vowel a] > ja [I A] > n } 3 or X13
[the existing n or x being merely a mater lectionis for long d]
3 fem. sing. —n^S or rXJS > nia [loss of intervocalic •> or x] nia > [I A; the
n _ ending also has the orthographic variants n x _ and nX-]
2 masc. sing. —n; ' ]3 > n^]3 [I A]
1 sing. — rni or n x i a > M a or n x i a [the loss of final vowel] > n'la or
n'la [I 5] > n'la or m:i [I A]
3 masc. pi . — p}3 or 1X13 > lia [loss of intervocalic •> or x ] > 113 > 113
[I D] > iia [I'A]
1 p l u r a l — x i ^ i a > xi*ga [I P] > x r i 3 [ I A; also with the orthog raphi c
variant of final n for final x ]
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 77/121
64
Imperfect: in E A the imperfect of the Lamedh He class has quite uniformly the
characteristic a-vowel of the stative (see Lesson VI, sec. 1) [for the sake of
convenience the change from the original prefix ya- to yi- will be disregardedin the outline of development below; hence, the first forms listed are not to
be regarded as true Proto-Semitic].
3 masc.sing—;|?a^> "^iT [loss of final vowel] > niT [I P; with s as a mater
lectionis]
3 fem. sing.—;|3ari > ^lan [loss of final vowel] > s i a n [I P]
3 masc. p i . — i r i a ' or JINia: > fnT, or p x i a ; [loss of final vowel] > •pi?;
[loss of intervocalic •> or K] > pia; > -faT [I D]
3 fem.pl.— i;J3;> pia; [loss of final vowel] > pn? [I A]
Jussive: the third person masculine plural of the jussive is without the final nun
of the imperfect.
Imperative: in all of the Lamedh He classes of verbs together, there are only
two Peal imperatives in the singular, and these difier as to the use of or K
(see below the class of verbs both Pe Laryngeal and Lamedh He and the
class both Pe Nun and Lamedh He).
Infinitive: the regular BA formation • ' J a a > N i a a [I P ; with 8 as a mater
lectionis]; the infinitive also occurs wit hout the mem, Nia, or long, n ' l a a .
Active Part iciples: the masculine singular is formed with s ; all the others are
formed with •>: (sing.) N?3 n;ia; (plural) p i a p n
Passive Participles: in the Lamedh He class of verbs, the passive participle is
not a qat il type (as in a'na), but is ra ther a qatal type: • ' i a > N13 [IP] > N13
[I A: here the final N, or its orthog raphic variant n, is merely a mater
lectionis]
Peil: On the other hand, the Peil conjugation of the Lamedh He class of verbs
is a qa ti l type (as in 3''ria), and is formed as follows: (sing.) -"ig > •'13 > ""IS
[ 1 A ; with the orthographic variants ""is and ""la]; (plural) v''3a or w i a > ri 3
[loss of intervocalic •> or s ] > Via > r i a [I A]
2. The Derived Conjugations of the Lamedh He Class: In the perfect
of the derived conjugations, the •> appears as the final consonant. On the other
hand, the N appears regularly in the imperfect of the derived conjugations
and in the other forms which are based on it. This is true regardless of whether
the original root was N, 1, or ''. However, it should be noted that the x in thefinal position here is merely used as a mater lectionis. The derived conjugations
will be considered below, conjugation by conjugation, with emphasis on
actual occurrences in the Lamedh He class of verbs.
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 78/121
65
(A) Pael: the endings found in the Peal are also found in the Pael, with but
few changes in vocalization.
Perfect: (sing.) 'aa m a; (plural) rac*Imperfect: (sing.) v^T; (plural) pacr
Imperative: the sole occurrence has •> where K might be expected (cf
the imperfect), and also has _ instead of _ under the first consonant:
(sing.) 'aa
Participles: (sing.) NV?nn;a??B; (plural) pVsa
(B) Ha phe l: quite uniformly the same endings are found here as occur in the
Pael.
Perfect: (sing.)Imperfect: (sing.) xaipn'
Infinitive: matt n
Participle: (sing.) Nltrna
(C) Hophal: in BA there is no at testat ion of the Hopha l conjugation in the
Lamedh He class of verbs.
(D) Hith peel: again quite uniformly the same endings are found as in the Pael.
Perfect: (sing.) 'Vanri
Imperfect: (sing.) Na i o? Niann; (plural) pannnParticiple: (sing.) N 3 3 n a
(E) Hithpa al (Ith paa l): once again the same endings are found as in the Pael
[note the occurrence of metathesis].
Perfect: (sing.) 'antPN [Qere]
Imperfect: the imperfect also has a final n for the mater lectionis instead
of N in one occurrence: (sing.) fQFtfy, (plural) jiantf*: iariET' Oussive]
3. Verbs Pe Laryngeal and Lamedh He: In this class of doubly weak
verbs , any of the irregularities of the Pe Laryngeal class may occur (see Lesson
X, sec. 2), in addition to the irregularities of the Lamedh He class. For the
sake of illu str ation, t he Peal will be discussed in full, wit h the othe r conjugations
which occur men tioned briefly.
(A) Peal: the endings of the Peal of the Lamedh He verbs are found, and in
addition there is usually a composite shewa under the laryngeal;
however, in one verb there is a most unusual development in the
imperfect (which see).
Perfect: (sing.) niri (and xin) nin (and nirj) n inn-'irj; (plural) iinpn'tn
Imperfect: the verb mn substitutes "? for •» wherever the latt er occurs
in the pers ona l prefixes of the imper fect , singular and plural , masculine
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 79/121
6 6
an d f em i n i n e ; t h e s o l e o t h e r d o u b l y w eak v e rb o f t h i s cl a s s w i t h
th e im per fec t a t t e s te d , ha s th e usu a l •<; th e use o f V i s no w genera l ly
c o n s i d e r e d t o h a v e b e e n d e r i v e d fr o m t h e A c c a d i a n ( c f A c c .liprus): (sing.) N I ^V ( a n d nw^) Minn ( a n d n i i l ? ) ; (p l u ra l ) pilVl wV
In f i n i t i v e : N t n a
Im p e ra t i v e : i n t h e m as cu l i n e s in g u l a r o f t h e Pea l i m p era t i v e o f a ll L am ed h
He verbs , i t i s imposs ib le to t e l l whether f ina l N o r final •» i s d o m i n a n t ,
fo r t h e re a r e o n l y t w o o ccu r r en ces ; t h i s c l a s s h as a fo rma t i o n w i t h ' , an d
t h e c l a s s o f v e rb s b o t h Pe N u n an d L a m ed h H e (w h i ch see b e l o w ) ,
h a s a f o r m a t i o n w i t h x : ( s ing . ) «n ; (p lu ra l ) i in (and i i n )
A c t i v e P a r t i c i p l e s : ( s in g . ) Ktn (an d nay) ; (p lu ra l ) p fnPas s i v e Pa r t i c i p l e : ( s i n g . ) K jn
A s h as b een n o t ed p rev i o u s l y ( s ee L es s o n V I , s ec . 6 ) , m n is f requent ly
used in BA as an aux i l i a ry verb . Both the per fec t and imperfec t o f the Pea l
co n j u g a t i o n a r e t h u s u s ed w i t h t h e p a r t i c i p l e s o f o t h e r v e rb s .
(B) Pa e l : t h e r eg u l a r ( s t ro n g ) v e rb an d t h e Pe L a ry n g ea l c l a ss b o t h u s e
p a t h ah u n d e r t h e Pe l e t t e r i n t h e Pae l , s o t h i s c l a s s h as n o ad d i t i o n a l
i r r e g u l a r i t i e s i n t h e P a e l c o m p a r e d t o v e r b s L a m e d h H e o n l y .
( C ) H a p h e l ( a n d A p h e l ) : a l l t h e f o r m a t i o n s a r e q u i t e n o r m a l , w i t h a s e g ho l
u n d e r t h e p r e f o r m a t i v e n i n t h e p e r f e c t , a c o m p o s i t e sh e w a u n d e r t h e
l a ry n g ea l i n t h e i mp er fec t , t h e u s u a l en d i n g s o f t h e d e r i v ed co n j u g a t i o n s
o f t h e L a m e d h H e v e r b s , e t c . , w i t h o n e e x c e p t i o n a s f o l lo w s :
P a r t i c i p l e : t h e A p h e l p a r t i c i p l e o f rrn is c o m p l e t e l y a n o m a l o u s ( p r o b a b l y
a n e r r o r ) ; i f t h e K i s co n s i d e red a s a mater lectionis, th e fo rm i s wr i t t e n
a s a m o n o c o n s o n a n t a l : ( s i n g . ) x na
4 . Verbs Ayin Laryngeal and Lam edh He: T h e p h o n e t i c r u l e s o f b o t hc l a s s e s i n v o l v ed ap p l y i n t h i s c l a s s o f d o u b l y w eak v e rb s . H e re a l s o t h e Pea l
w i l l b e co n s i d e red fo r t h e s ak e o f i l l u s t r a t i o n o f t h e s e ru l e s , an d t h e o t h e r
co n j u g a t i o n s w i l l b e m en t i o n e d b r ie f ly .
(A ) Pe a l : p r ac t i ca l l y a l l o f t h e fo r m a t i o n s a r e i d en t i ca l t o t h o s e o f v e rb s
L a m e d h H e o n l y .
Pe r f ec t : ( s i n g . ) n » a ; (p l u ra l ) i»a W'sa
I m p e r f e c t : ( s i n g . ) xsa? x a a ^
In f i n i t i v e : S»3 B
Pa r t i c i p l e s : b o t h a c t i v e a n d p as s i v e p a r t i c i p l e s a r e j u s t li k e t h o s e of t h e
L a m e d h H e c l a ss ( a n d a l s o o c c u r w i t h n fo r s a s a mater lectionis).
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 80/121
67
6. Vocabulary:
DhBX — s t o r e - h o u s e ; > t r e a s u r y ; rrn — ( a p h e l ) to let l i v e ; re
[ ev en t u a l l y ? p o s i t i v e l y ? ] s t o r e to l ife
— to c o m e m a - — ( i t h p e e l ) to be d i s t r e s s ed
B^xa — bad (4) — n e a r , b e s i d e , w i t h
nVa — ( p a e l ) to w e a r out xVa — ( h i t h p e e l ) to be fillediVa - tax (10) ( w i t h )
Vr; — t o l l , tax (4) m a — ( p a e l ) to a p p o i n t
n;n —• to l ive — r e b e l l i o u s (4)
(B) Pae l and H i t h p a a l : in th e s e c o n j u g a t i o n s the A y i n l e t t e r , b e i n g a l a ry n g ea l ,
c a n n o t be d o u b l e d , and in c o m p e n s a t i o n , the p r e v i o u s v o w e l may or
m a y not be l e n g t h e n e d in a c c o r d a n c e w i t h the ru les g iven in I 8 (e.g.xna;); in o t h e r r e s p e c t s , the P a e l of th i s c l ass is a l m o s t i d e n t i c a l to
t h e P a e l of v e r bs L a m e d h He o n l y .
( C ) H i t h p e e l ( I t h p e e l ) : q u i t e u n i f o r m l y the s a m e as in the a t t e s t e d f o r m a t i o n
o f v e r b s L a m e d h He o n l y .
Pe r f ec t : in th i s c l ass of v e rb s o ccu r s the o n l y a t t e s t ed t h i rd p e r s o n f emi n i n e
s ingu lar per fec t of any of the c lasses of L a m e d h He v e r b s ; b e c a u s e of
i t s p a r a d i g m a t i c i m p o r t a n c e , it is l i s t ed her e as fo l l o w s : ( s i n g . ) n n s r i N
[I thpee l ]
5. Verbs Pe Nun and Lamedh He: In th i s c l ass of d o u b l y w e a k v e r b s , t h e r e
a re o n l y two a t t e s t e d r o o t s , w i t h few f o r m a t i o n s . The r o o t xiM i n v a r i ab l y
r e t a i n s its s in t h o s e f o r m a t i o n s w h i c h h a v e o r n in o t h e r c l a s s es of L a m e d h He
v e rb s . T h i s is t r u e of b o t h the s i m p l e and the d e r i v e d c o n j u g a t i o n s . The sole
o ccu r r en ce of the o t h e r r o o t of th i s c l ass is f o u n d in the H i t h p ee l p e r f ec t
( t h i rd p e r s o n mas cu l i n e s i n g u l a r ) , and is f o r m e d j u s t as v e rb s L a m e d h He o n l y .
( A ) P e a l : the two o c c u r r e n c e s of xtol in the P e a l are as fo l l o w s :
Pe r f ec t : ( s i n g . ) xfel
I m p e r a t i v e : it is i mp o s s i b l e to tel l if th i s fo rm is n o r m a t i v e in the use of x
(o n an a l o g y w i t h the i m p e r f e c t ) ; the o n l y o t h e r Pea l im p era t i v e s i n g u l a r
in any L a m e d h He c lass has the "> (see v e r b s b o t h Pe L a r y n g e a l and
L a m e d h He a b o v e ) ; t he nun is h e r e d r o p p e d c o m p l e t e l y (cf L e s s o n XI ,
sec . 1): ( s i n g . ) xto
( B ) H i t h p a a l : the x is r e t a i n e d in the f emi n i n e p a r t i c i p l e , w h e re all o t h e r
L a m e d h He c lasses have the
Par t i c i p l e : ( s i n g . ) nxfeino
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 81/121
6 8
ptl — ( h a p h e l ) to d a m a g e
X ^ — t o t a k e ; c a r r y a w a y ;
l i f t up
p"?p — to go ( c o m e ) up
nVs — ( p a e l ) to p r a y
niB^ — ( p a e l ) to c h a n g e ; > v i o
l a t e
niB* — ( h a p h e l ) to a l t e r ; > v i o l a t e
niB* — ( h i t h p a a l and i t h p a a l ) to
b e ch an g ed
7. Exercises: T r a n s l a t e the fo l l o w i n g s e n t en ces and a l s o t r an s l a t e E z ra
4 : 1 2 , 13.
xVai ypba •' TpVi nni f i a t xjtfn; (i)
NniaVa Naaa mn xas nirj-ni ma n n Nas mn-n.i (2)
•-B N" •'ima Vnana n iNr- i i^a iia Vx n n ix ' n n nnans (3)
naan 'Vann Niqa aa"? p N a (4)
NaVa n n 'jna n Vx faV»V ' n xaVa bvm nax (5)
Njaa? nVx"? 'Vsi '•nii v ""i N?*?? nVa (e)
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 82/121
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 83/121
7 0
( B ) S h a p h e l : l i k e the o t h e r o c c u r r e n c e s of t h i s c o n j u g a t i o n in BA (see Lesson
X I , sec. 5, an d L e s s o n X I I I , sec. 2), t h i s one is a l s o r e l a t ed to the
A c c a d i a n (susQ—usesi, the S h a p h e l of (w)asu).P e r f e c t : the p e r f e c t of NS"' has a K e t h i b - Q e r e v a r i a t i o n : ( s i n g . ) S ' S ' ^
[ K e t h i b ] " S l * [Qere]
4 . Verbs Pe Laryngeal and Ayin Laryngeal: T h e r e are very few a t t e s t a t i o n s
o f v e rb s in t h i s c l a s s of d o u b l y w e a k v e r b s . In all ca s e s the A y i n l e t t e r is resh
r a t h e r t h a n b e i n g a t r u e l a r y n g e a l . The r e s u l t is the s a m e , for in the Pae l and
H i t h p a a l c o n j u g a t i o n s, it c a n n o t be d o u b l e d , and in c o m p e n s a t i o n , the p rev i o u s
v o w e l is l e n g t h e n e d (see L e s s o n X).
H o w e v e r , in v e r b s A y i n L a r y n g e a l o n l y , t h e r e is no a t t e s t a t i o n of t h e H o p h a l
c o n j u g a t i o n . T h e r e f o r e , for the s a k e of c o m p l e t e n e s s, the s o le o ccu r r en ce of the
H o p h a l in t h i s c l a s s of d o u b l y w e a k v e r b s is h e re l i s t ed . It is the t h i rd p e r s o n
f e m i n i n e s i n g u l a r p e r f e c t of ain: nannn.
5 . Verbs Pe Laryngeal and Lam edh Laryngeal: T h e r e are very few v e rb s in
t h i s c l a s s of d o u b l y w e a k v e r b s , and ev en f ew er i r r eg u l a r i t i e s ( s o me fo rm a t i o n s
a r e i d e n t i c a l to t h e i r s t r o n g v e r b c o u n t e r p a r t s ) . T h e r e is one o c c u r r e n c e of
a c o m p o s i t e s h e w a u n d e r the i n i t i a l l a ry n g ea l in p l a c e of a s i mp l e s h ew a , and
t h r e e o c c u r r e n c e s of a p a t h a h b e f o r e the f ina l l a ryngea l ins tead of a sere or
h i r eq ( s ee L es s o n X). The o t h e r t h r e e a t t e s t e d f o r m s are q u i t e r eg u l a r .
6 . Pseudo-Gem inate Verbs: In BA t h e r e are s o m e v e rb s ex h i b i t i n g
i r r e g u l a r i t i e s , w h i c h , a l t h o u g h s e e m i n g l y u n r e l a t e d to the casua l o bserve r ,
n ev e r t h e l e s s can be g r o u p e d t o g e t h e r u n d e r one c o m m o n c h a r a c t e r i s t i c . T h i s
c h a r a c t e r i s t i c is t h a t s o m e of the f o r m a t i o n s of the v e r b s in q u e s t i o n ( t h o u g h
n o t a l l ) , are a n a l o g o u s t o the c o r r e s p o n d i n g f o r m a t i o n s of t h e G e m i n a t e c l a ss of
v e r b s . T h e s e v e r b s are not G e m i n a t e , but co u l d be classified as a so-cal led
" P s e u d o - G e m i n a t e " c l a s s of v e rb s .
A l t h o u g h the t h r ee v e rb s i n v o l v ed do not h av e i d en t i ca l s eco n d and th i rd
c o n s o n a n t s , it is s o m e w h a t c u r i o u s t h a t all t h r e e h a v e V as e i t h e r the second
o r t h e t h i r d c o n s o n a n t . In f ac t , t h e s e v e rb s mi g h t be t e r m e d the " W e a k L a m e d h "
c lass , for the l a m e d h a p p a r e n t l y d i s a p p e a r s or is a s s i m i l a t e d . H o w e v e r , m o r e
p r o n o u n c e d t h a n t h i s b e h a v i o r of t h e l a m e d h are t h e i r v a r i o u s an a l o g i e s to the
G e m i n a t e c l a s s . The t h r ee v e rb s w i l l be co n s i d e red i n d i v i d u a l l y b e l o w .
I n BA the r o o t •qVn is no t u s ed in the Pea l p e r f ec t or P e a l i m p e r a t i v e , buti n s t e a d the r o o t VtK is u s e d . T h e r e are two o t h e r fo rms w h i ch h av e b een
t r a d i t i o n a l l y a t t r i b u t e d to the h y p o t h e t i ca l r o o t ';)in , w h i ch s eem ra t h e r to
b e l o n g to "qVn as f o l l o w s : ( i m p e r f e c t ) •qn; and ( in f in i t ive) -qna. It w o u l d be
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 84/121
71
difficult to classify an i m p e r f e c t of t h i s f o r m a t i o n as e i t h e r an A y i n W aw or
a n A y i n Y o d h v e r b , for the i m p e r f e c t is p rec i s e ly w h e re the i or w o u l d be
f o u n d in these c lasses , not o m i t te d . On the o t h e r h a n d , if it is a s s u m e d t h a t "qV?is the r o o t , but f o r m e d on an a n a l o g y w i t h the G e m i n a t e c l a s s, the loss of the
A y i n l e t t e r is e xp la in e d . R e m e m b e r t h a t in the G e m i n a t e c l a s s ,t h e r e is f r eq u en t l y
g e m i n a t i o n or d o u b l i n g in the first c o n s o n a n t , e s p e c i a l l y in the i m p e r f e c t and
o t h e r fo rms w i t h the p r e f o r m a t i v e s (see L e ss on X l l l , sec. 1). N o t e t h a t b o t h
f o r m s in q u e s t i o n ( i m p e r f e c t and i n fi n it iv e ) h av e p re f o rm a t i v e s .
H o w e v e r , •qVn is a l so Pe L a r y n g e a l , and the n c a n n o t be d o u b l e d . T h i s
a c c o u n t s for the f o r m s -qri' and 'sjrip (cf. jna. Pea l in f in i t ive of ]in; L e s s o n
X I I I , s ec . 4). P r e s u m a b l y , had t h e r e o c c u r r e d f o r m s of "^pn in the P e a l w i t h o u tp re fo rma t i v es (p e r f ec t , i mp e ra t i v e , or p a r t i c i p l e ) t h ey w o u l d not h a v e
b een fo rmed on an a n a l o g y w i t h the G e m i n a t e c l a s s, but w o u l d h av e b een
fo rmed r eg u l a r l y .
T u r n i n g to the d e r i v e d c o n j u g a t i o n s , -qVn is q u i t e r e g u l a r in the Pae l
c o n j u g a t i o n , but t h i s too c o u l d be c o n s i d e r e d to be on an a n a l o g y w i t h the
G e m i n a t e c l a s s , for th i s c l ass is a l s o r eg u l a r l y fo rmed in the P a e l .
T h e one o c c u r r e n c e of -qbri in the A p h e l c o n j u g a t i o n , the p a r t i c i p l e f pVna,
i s cons idered by s o m e a u t h o r i t i e s as i n c o r r e c t l y so w r i t t en . In s t ea d , t h ey p re fe rto revoca l i ze it as a P a e l p a r t i c i p l e , pDVnp- If th i s e m e n d a t i o n is c o r r e c t , the
o b s e r v a t i o n s in the a b o v e p a r a g r a p h a p p l y . If n o t , t h e r e is no c o m p a r a b l e v e r b
b o t h Pe L a r y n g e a l and G e m i n a te in the A p h e l c o n j u g a t i o n w i t h w h i c h to m a k e
a n a n a l o g i c a l c o m p a r i s o n .
I t s h o u l d be k e p t in m i n d t h a t •qVn e x h i b i t s w e a k n e s s in BH, as w e l l as in
BA , o n l y t h e re it has s o m e f o r m a t i o n s a n a l o g o u s to the Pe Y o d h (Pe Waw)
c l as s , r a t h e r t h a n a n a l o g o u s to the G e m i n a t e c la ss as in BA. In BH t h e s e
a l t e r n a t e f o r m a t i o n s are so w i d e s p r ea d t h a t m o s t H e b r e w g r a m m a r i a n s p o s t u l a t e the ex i s t en ce of a r o o t T)"?'.
T h e s e c o n d v e r b , pVo, on the o t h e r h a n d , e x h i b i ts f o r m a t i o n s a n a l o g o u s to
t h e G e m i n a t e c l a s s in the d e r iv e d c o n j u g a t i o n s , but not in the P e a l . The Pea l
a t t e s t a t i o n s are p e r f ec tl y r eg u l a r , as fo l l o w s :
Pe r f ec t : ( s i n g . ) Ttpbo; (plural ) ip"??
P a r t i c i p l e : ( p l u r a l) ipbo
O n the s u r f ace , t h i s s eem s to differ from •ijVn in the P e a l . A c t u a l l y , it s h o u l db e n o t e d t h a t t h e s e o c c u r r e n c e s are u n if o r m l y w i t h o u t a p r e f o r m a t iv e , and so
n o t f o r m e d on an a n a l o g y w i t h the G e m i n a t e c l a s s . Had t h e r e o c c u r r e d f o r
m a t i o n s of rjVn in the p e r f ec t or p a r t i c i p l e , p r e s u m a b l y t h e y too w o u l d h a v e
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 85/121
72
been regular (see above). On the other hand, had pbo occurred in the Peal
imperfect or infinitive (and thus with a preformative), it too might have been
formed on an analogy with the Geminate class.
In the derived conjugations, pVo does have preformatives, and invariably
its formations are analogous to the Geminate class. The V is completely elided,
and in compensation the initial consonant is doubled, or this doubling is
resolved by a nun (see I 3). Stated another way, the "? is assimilated to the
previous consonant. The attested forms are as follows:
Haphel perfect: (plural) ipon
Haphel infinitive: niroin [13]
Hophal perfect: (sing.) pon
The third verb, Vao, can be considered analogous to the Geminate class,
because its sole occurrence is in the Poel conjugation. However, the entire
matter is doubtful. The writer prefers to class this formation in question as
a Saphel of the Pe Yodh (Pe Waw) root (see Lesson XI, sec. 5).
Should the root actually prove to be Vao instead, it is undoubtedly a Poel.
And in BA, as in BH, the Poel is strictly a Geminate class conjugation, having
present, in order, the initial consonant, a holem (usually with waw), the secondconsonant, and the third consonant (the last two being identical in true Geminate
verbs). Although the two are identical in form, the Poel conjugation is not to
be confused with the Polel conjugation, which is strictly from the "Hollow" class
of verbs, the final consonant being reduplicated. The form of the Poel in
question here is as follows:
Passive participle: (plural) pVaiOKi
Perhaps with so few examples, it is not really wise to set up a so-called
"class." But with these verbs exhibiting some tendencies to formations analogous with the Geminate class, and yet no t being true Geminate verbs, they
may well be called verbs of the "Pseudo-Geminate" class.
7. Other Irregular Verbs: In addition to the verbs above, there are a few
other verbs in BA that exhibit other minor irregularities in form or in usage.
Without any attempt at classification, they are listed below individually.
The verb nntf has a prosthetic K in t he Peal perfect. This is no t found
in other forms of the Peal conjugation. Since the verb is attested only in thethird person plural, it is difficult to determine whether this is an isolated
phenomenon, or would normally occur in all forms of the Peal perfect. The
formation in question is as follows: rriB^N.
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 86/121
73
In its sole occurrence, the Peal perfect of "ijo is found as nip instead of the
expected i jp.
Although the verb V a i occurs in the perfect, the imperfect, and the part i ciples, a parallel verb, Vns, is also used in the participles.
The use of a r r and ]n3 is completely complementary with a n ' being used
in the perfect, the imperative, and the participles, and ]ni being used in the
imperfect and the infinitive.
The complementary use of rjVn and VtX has already been discussed in the
preceding section of this lesson.
8. Vocabulary:
T :to light, heat (shaphel) to finish; be
T'JN — fitting, becoming (4) finished
revolt (4) nVp — to eat salt; > be unde r
nns — (haphel) to bring
nVp —
obligation of loyalty
n ? n - record (book) (4) nVa — salt (1)
to go [tradit.] •?30 - (poel) to bring; lay; >
to go; > reach preserve
(pael) to walk about "lip — to shut(aphel) to walk about pVo — (haphel) to take up
ann — (hophal) to be laid pVo — (hophal) to be lifted up
waste nns — nakedness, shame (7)
(haphel and aphel) to to finish; be finished
praise nna — to drink
9. Exercises: Translate the following sentenc es, and also translate Ezra
4:14, 15.
na nVgV xjina an x-iia nini nn nn;a x'S'tih (i)
nan • iVnp nini Nnins aia bm-f? nia xaVa (2)
N a a - p bm-i ppni x a r p npoinV nax bmib (3)
pVaioa 'niniOi aVirn-'a NnV -n'aV nx-a^ nana n ^n m i (4)
niiaa i^^J??^ T l?*? ^ ^ l ^ V ^5)
Naaxi NS7S nVtna NB^ni -nVnV inaa i xsoai s am 'iNa la vnu N (e)
rjn; aa? oVipn''"? ^na"? 'niinai Vsnftr- x ay-p xas-Va n D»p o'lp 'aa (7)
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 87/121
7 4
L E S S O N X V I
V E R B A L S U F F I X E S : W I T H T H E P E R F E C T
1. Verba l Suffixes: In BA p ro n o mi n a l d i r ec t o b j ec t s a r e u s u a l l y ex p re s s ed
by suff ixes . These may be added ei ther to a f in i te form or to the inf ini t ive. They
ar e no t used in a re f lex ive sense . T he o ne exc ep t ion t o th i s ru le i s th a t th e
s uff ix o f t h e t h i r d p e r s o n p l u ra l d o es n o t ap p ea r in BA . In s t e ad , t h e i n d ep en d en tp e r s o n a l p ro n o u n i s u s ed ( s ee L es s o n I I I , s ec . 2 E ) .
T h e fo rm s of th e verb a l suf fixes a re bas ica l ly th e sam e (excep t the f ir st
p e r s o n s i n g u l a r ) a s t h e p ro n o m i n a l s uf fi xes o n n o u n s , a s fo l l o w s :
P e r s o n
1 ( c o m . )
2 (mas c . )
3 (mas c . )
3 ( fem.)
1 ( c o m . )
2 (mas c . )
T
T
T
Singular
( f o l l o w i n g a c o n s o n a n t )
( fo l l o w i n g a v o w e l an d w i t h t h e
i m p e r a t i v e )
( f o l l o w i n g a c o n s o n a n t )
( fo l l o w i n g a v o w e l )
( f o l l o w i n g a c o n s o n a n t )
( fo l l o w i n g a v o w e l )
( f o l l o w i n g a c o n s o n a n t )
Plural
( f o l l o w i n g a c o n s o n a n t )
( fo l l o w i n g a v o w e l )
( f o l l o w i n g a c o n s o n a n t )
T h es e s uf fix es m ay b e mo d i f i ed s l i g h t l y w h en a t t ac h e d t o v e rb s o f t h e L a m ed h
H e c l a s s .2 . Formation of Suffixes on the Perfect: I t c a n b e m a i n t a i n e d t h a t m o s t o f
t h e s uf fix es w ere ad d e d t o fo rm s r e s em b l i n g c l o se l y t h e P ro t o -Se m i t i c , w h i ch
fo rms , i n t u rn , w e re mo d i f i ed acco rd i n g t o t h e ru l e s o f BA p h o n o l o g y . T h u s ,
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 88/121
75
t h e P r o t o - S e m i t i c Vpj? p lu s the suffix •rj > " Vtsp. (see I L). Ho we v e r , t h i s b a s i c
a s s u m p t i o n c a n n o t be un iversa l ly t rue , for it is a l m o s t i m p o s s i b l e to co n s id e r
the a t tes ted fo rm nVpp. a r e su l t of P r o t o - S e m i t i c qatala p lu s the P r o t o - S e m i t i cthird person masculine suff ix hu. H e n c e , in BA a g r e a t e r e x t e n t of an a lo g ica l
f o r m a t i o n m u s t be p o s t u l a t e d t h a n in m o s t of the o th e r Sem i t i c l an g u ag e s . The
suffix n-~, for e x a m p l e , is i l l u s t r a t iv e of th is type of an a lo g ica l d e v e lo p me n t .
I t must have o r ig ina ted in n o u n f o r m s and sp r ead to the v e r b . T h u s , in c o n
s ider ing the en t i r e p i c tu r e , it is p r ac t i ca l ly imp o ss ib l e to f o rm u la t e u n iv e r sa l
ru les to cover the d e v e l o p m e n t of the a t t e s t ed fo rms .
3. Table of Suffixes on the Perfect: The fo l lowing tab le is a co mp le t e l i s t
o f a t tes ted fo rms in BA of p ronominal su f f ixes on the p e r f ec t . Ob v io u s ly ,
suffixes will not be f o u n d on the pass ive or re f lex ive con juga t ions , for such
co n ju g a t io n s do not h av e a d i rec t ob jec t .
Form of the Verb
Suffix 3 (masc . ) 2 (masc . ) 1 ( co m . ) 3 (p lu r a l )
1 (com.) •'iny'Tin h a p h e l 'JlVan p ae l
2 (masc.) ijyiin h a p h e l
r]pVB>n haphel
3 (masc.) 'nja p ea l
anno pea l
anfe p ea l
aa-i?a h a p h e l
apVtt a h a p h e l
a»''f'.N ap h e l
aVVs s h a p h e l
••nW p ea l
-aiaipa h a p h e l
3 (fem.) nana pea l
aaVtf a h ap h e l
an;53 pea l
1 (com.
p lu ra l )xinsiia h a p h e l wn'ria h a p h e l
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 89/121
76
4 . The Suffixes on 'rfN: Alone, •'n'S indicates existence, and means
"there is" or "there are" (see Lesson IV, sec. 6). With the negative it means
"there is not" or "there are not." However, when it is used with a sufiix, thisdoes no t hold true. In such a case, it is used as a copula (which, if found at all,
is usually expressed by the third person independent pronoun; cf. Lesson III,
sec . 2 B). As a copula, with the suffix usually expresses additional force or
emphasis (see Lesson VI, sec. 6 B, and sec. 9).
A complete list ing of the occurrences in BA of •'n'tt with the various pro
nominal suffixes is given below as follows: •q;ri''N [Kethib] • ]n"'S [Qere] ''nTri"'N
XJin-N [Kethib] Nir 'N [Qere] pD'n-'N
5. 1Vocabulary:
— arm, force (4) — (pael) to separate
— hurry (9) D j r i B — word, decree (4)
— injury; damage (8) Nip — (peil) to be read; (be
— (warned); > cautious (4) shouted)
Van — hurt; damage (4) — to grow great
— a share in (4) — negligence (9)
— rebellion (1) — welfare; [as a salutation]
— decree; official docu hail (4)
ment (4) TP? — strong, mighty (4)
6. Exercises: Translate Ezra 4:16-23.
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 90/121
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 91/121
7 8
Singular Form of the Verb Plural (all masc.)
Suffix 3 (m as c. ) (3 fem.) 1 ( c o m . )[ t he pe r son of the verb
is in b r a c k e t s ]
3 (masc . )
aJVl i f iN h a p h e l [."] aaVna; pael
[3] nwVria; pael
[3] a n a » t t ; pael
[3] naitt B^ pael
3 ( fem. ) auri; pe al aiBhTR p e al
Tiivr p a e l aJjP.'iri aphe l
2 (masc .
p lu ra l )v^f?«0: pea l
pDjantJ ; shaphel
3. Table of Suffixes on the Infinitive: W h e n the suffixes are a d d c to thePeal inf in i t ive , the f inal shor t vowel is u .;ed to a s h e w a (see T A . In the
d e r i v e d c o n j u g a t i o n s , the suffixes a n ded to the c o n s t r u orm of the
i n f i n i t i ve , end ing in tV\— (see L e s s o n i , sec. 3). The tab le b elow l i s t s all of
t h e f o r m s a t t e s t e d in BA.
Suffix In fin i t iv e Suffix Inl i .
1 (com.
s ingu l a r )
' inW'l in h a p h e l
'^S-iin h a p h e l
3 ( u u s c . )
si • ; u l a r
aiira ; .i
a^asa peal
2 (masc .
s i ngu l a r )
^ fr tSf in haphel
•qniana h a p h e l
"^riViVp s h a p h e l
aa-ifja pe^i
ariVsa h a p h e l
ariaj??h a p h e l
1 (com.
p l u r a l )
Kiniajntf s h a p h e l a n i a n ? s h a p h e l
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 92/121
79
4. Table of Suffixes on the Imperative: I n BA t h e re a r e o n l y t h r e e o ccu r
rences o f the impera t ive wi th su f f ixes . The suf f ixes a re added d i rec t ly to the
i mp era t i v e , w i t h o u t an y h e l p i n g v o w e l , a s fo l l o w s :
Suffix I m p e r a t i v e ( 2 m a s c . s i n g u l a r ) I m p e r a t i v e ( 2 m a s c . p l u r a l )
1 (com . sg . ) •'I'pSJn haphel ••linn h a p h e l
3 (m asc . sg . ) ••niVan p ae l
5. Suffixes on the Participle: In BA , a s i n o t h e r Semi t i c l an g u ag es , t h e
par t i c ip le can be used as a noun or as a verb . The suf f ixes a re added to the
p a r t i c i p l e a s t h ey a r e ad d ed t o n o u n s . T h e s o l e o ccu r r en ce i n BA h as a K e t h i b -
Qere var ia t ion as fo l lows : ' q ; s i6? [Keth ib ] , "^v." [Q e re ] .
6 . Vocabulary:
W-ISON
Voa
V n a -
Ka i
ex ac t l y ; eag e r l y
a t i t le of officials
w a l l ; [ t r a d i t . " b e a m " ? ]
t o ceas e , b e d i s co n t i n u e d , s t o p
b u i l d i n g (4 )
s q u a red ( s t o n es ) (4 )
wal l (1)
( h i t h p a a l ) t o p r o p h e s y ;
ac t a s a p ro p h e t
n T a » — w o r k , a d m i n i s t r a t i o n ,
to i l , se rv ice (7 )
n a i p — f o r m e r t i m e ; f o r m e r l y
(7)
a(P — h o a r y ; [ p l u r a l ] e l d e r s(4)
VXB — t o a s k ; > r e q u i r e
7r a — (p ae l ) t o b eg i n
a in — (h ap h e l an d ap h e l ) t o
g i v e b ack ; d e l i v e r ;
a n s w e r
f n n n — two [ fem.]
7. Exercises: T r a n s l a t e E z r a 4 : 2 4 ; 5 : 1 - 1 1 ,
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 93/121
8 0
L E S S O N X V I I I
N O U N T Y P E S
1. Definition of Noun Types: A l t h o u g h t h e s a m e w o r d , type, i s n o t em
p l o y ed b y a ll g r a m m ar i a n s t o d es c r i b e t h e d i s t i n c t i o n i n fo rm a t i o n o f Semi t i c
nouns , i t may be wel l to use th i s des igna t ion fo r th i s par t i cu lar fea tu re . S ince
n o u n s i n t h e v a r i o u s Semi t i c l an g u ag es a r e g en e ra l l y t r i co n s o n an t a l , h av i n gdef in i t e pa t t e rns o f voca l i za t ion o f the same bas ic roo t , i t i s poss ib le to c lass i fy
n o u n s acco rd i n g t o t h e mo d i f i ca t i o n s (b o t h co n s o n an t a l an d v o ca l i c ) w h i ch
t h ey u n d e rg o . T h e re a r e s o me ad v an t ag es i n c l a s s i fy i n g n o u n s i n t h i s ma i mer ,
e s p ec i a l l y i n r eco g n i z i n g t h e mean i n g s t h a t s o me o f t h e s e t y p es h av e .
In co n s i d e r i n g t h e n o u n t y p es o f BA , d u e r eco g n i t i o n mu s t b e g i v en t o t h e
r i ch h e r i t ag e w h i ch t h a t l an g u ag e p o s s es s e s . I n ad d i t i o n t o t h e v a r i o u s H eb rew ,
A ccad i an , an d Pe r s i an p ro p e r n ames o f p e r s o n s an d l o ca l i t i e s fo u n d i n BA , i t
ab o u n d s i n o t h e r w o rd s f ro m t h es e an d o t h e r l an g u ag es . T h es e cu l t u ra l l o an
w o rd s o ccu r mo re f r eq u en t l y i n n o u n s t h an i n v e rb s . Bo r ro w i n g s f ro m H eb rew
are espec ia l ly f requen t in re la t ion to re l ig ion o r o ther Jewish ins t i tu t ions ,
a l t h o u g h m a n y w o r d s s o c o n s i d e r e d m a y a c t u a l l y g o b a c k t o a c o m m o n
P r o t o - S e m i t i c s o u r c e . B o r r o w i n g s f r o m A c c a d i a n a n d P e r s i a n a r e m o s t
f r e q u e n tl y c o n n e c t e d w i t h g o v e r n m e n t a l o r p o l it i c a l a d m i n i s t r a t i o n . B o r r o w i n g s
f rom G re ek are cer t a in o n ly in the fie ld o f m us ic , a l th ou gh o ther poss ib le
o ccu r r en ces h av e b een s u g g es t ed .
W i t h t h i s b a ck g ro u n d i n m i n d , i t s h o u l d b e n o t ed t h a t th i s l e ss o n d ea l i n g w i t h
noun types wi l l be conf ined to those which are Semi t i c in o r ig in (o r a t l eas t haveh a d a l o n g h i s t o ry o f Sem i t i c u s ag e ) . A l s o i t s h o u l d b e n o t ed t h a t n o fo rma l
d i s t i n c t i o n w i l l b e m ad e i n t h e d is cu s s i o n b e t w een n o u n s , ad j ec ti v es , p a r t i
c i p le s , o r o t h e r n o u n f o r m a t i o n s .
2 . Recognition of Noun Types: I t i s e s s en t i a l t h a t t h e s t u d e n t h av e s o me
k n o w l ed g e o f t h e p h o n o l o g y o f t h e l an g u ag e i n v o l v ed i n o rd e r t o r eco g n i ze
n o u n t y p es ( s ee L es s o n I ) . I n ad d i t i o n , a k n o w l e d g e o f o t h e r S em i t i c co g n a t e s o f
t h e w o rd u n d e r d i s c u s s i o n i s q u i t e h e l p fu l . T h e g rea t e r t h e n u m b e r o f Semi t ic
l an g u ag es i n w h i ch s u ch co g n a t e s o ccu r , t h e m o re a ccu ra t e can b e t h e c l as si fi ca t i o n i n t o n o u n t y p es . F o r t h e s ak e o f i l l u s t r a t i o n , a f ew n o u n t y p es a r e l i st ed
b e l o w . C a r e f u l d i s t i n c t i o n s h o u l d b e m a d e b e t w e e n t h e A r a m a i c type an d t h e
P r o t o - S e m i t i c type. T h e l a t t e r i s t h e basic t y p e .
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 94/121
81
Aram aic noun Aram aic type Proto-Semitic type Proto-Semitic noun
Vya ( o w n e r ) Vtsj? q a t l b a ' I u
- Ip p (b o o k ) Vpp q i t l s i p r u
B T T i ( h o l y ) V'pp. q a t t i l q a d d i s h u
Xia (bu i ld ing) Vpp q a t i l b a n i y u
T h e few n o u n s g iv e n a b o v e a r e m e r e l y r a n d o m e x a m p l e s . A s i m i l a r p r o c e d u r e
co u l d be used for any S e m i t i c l a n g u a g e . In the f i rs t column the BA (or H e b r e wo r A c c a d i a n , e t c . ) n o u n is g i v en . In the s e c o n d c o l u m n the b a si c c o n s o n a n t s are
used (VtJp f rom the s t a n d a r d p a r a d i g m ) and the v o c a l i z a t i o n is t h a t of the
regular (or normal) A r a m a i c f o rm of t h a t t y p e . H e n c e Vpp is the A r a m a i c
t y p e of npp, but it has a p a t h a h due to the i (see 1 J) . In the t h i r d c o l u m n is
given the b a si c P r o t o - S e m i t i c t y p e of the n o u n in q u e s t i o n . By def in i t ion , th i s
is the f o r m u s u a ll y m e a n t by the t e r m type. F i n a l l y , in the f o u r t h c o l u m n , t h e r e
is a r e c o n s t r u c t e d P r o t o - S e m i t i c f o r m of t h e n o u n in q u e s t i o n . A l t h o u g h t h e s e
fo rms are h y p o t h e t i c a l l y r e c o n s t r u c t e d , yet t h e y may be co n s i d e re d r a t h e r
c e r t a i n due to t h e i r o ccu r r en ce in U g a r i t i c , w h e r e the U g a r i t i c f o r m s are often
i d en t i ca l w i t h the s o -ca l led P ro t o -S em i t i c fo rms . It s h o u l d a l s o be n o t e d t h a t
s o m e of t h e s e h y p o t h e t i c a l P r o t o - S e m i t i c f o rm s are very s imi la r to e x t a n t
A r a b i c f o r m s .
3 . Table of Noun Types Occurring in BA: The t ab l e b e l o w l i s t s the basic
P r o t o - S e m i t i c t y p e s (cf. the t h i r d c o l u m n a b o v e ) , and d o e s not re fer to types
s t r i c t ly BA unless specifically so i n d i c a t e d . One or two BA w o r d s are l i s t ed as
ex amp l es o f t h e t y p e in q u e s t i o n , t h e n the t y p e is g i v en , and finally a c o m m o n or
genera l usage in BA (if any) is l i s t ed .
C o n c e i v a b l y , any of the t y p es b e l o w co u l d h av e f em i n i n e n o u n s as wel l as
m a s c u l i n e n o u n s . It a c t u a l l y m a k e s no d i f l e r en ce w h e t h e r the fem inin e sufi ix is
p r e s e n t or not in BA, the basic t y p e is l i s t e d w i t h o u t it. As a m a t t e r of fac t ,
s o m e of the t y p e s h a p p e n to h a v e no o t h e r e x a m p l e s in BA ex cep t f em i n i n e
n o u n s .
Example{s) Type Common Use{s)
Biconsonantal Nouns
niB>;aN qal
n xa qil
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 95/121
82
3 0T
qal
qi l
qu i
Geminate Nouns
qal l
qil l
n a x j a j qul l
Triconsonantal Nouns
•7573 q a t l
I B D q i t l
q u t l ( a b s t r a c t n o u n )
"in? q a t a l (p as s i v e p a r t i c i p l e o f L a m ed h H e C l a s s
qa t i l (ad jec t ive)
q i t a l
naVsT \ :
q u t u l [d o u b t fu l ; v e ry l i k e l y a H eb rew l o an w o rd ]q a t a l ( a b s t r a c t n o u n )
q a t i l ( ad j ec t i v e ; p a s s i v e p a r t i c i p l e o f t h e s t ro n g v e rb )
q a t u l ( f e m i n i n e a b s t r a c t n o u n )
qitai
trag q u t a l
DVS?- T
q a t a l
a r i 3 ; 3 n 3 q a t i l ( ad j ec t i v e ; ac t i v e p a r t i c i p l e o f t h e s t ro n g v e rb
Tin? q a t o l{not
a P - S t y p e ; nomen agentis)
ne*? q a t t a l
I B S q i t t u l
n 3 r ) ? q a t t a l ( the Pae l in f in i t ive o f the s t rong verb)
q a t t i l ( t h e m o s t c o m m o n a d j e c t i v e t y p e i n B A )
Nouns W ith More Than Three Consonan ts
VaVa q a l q a l [ r e d u p l i c a t i o n o f a b i c o n s o n a n t a l s t e m ]
]???1 q a t a l a l [ r ed u p l i ca t i o n o f t h e f in al co n s o n an t o f at r i c o n s o n a n t a l s t e m ]
I B I D I P q a t a l t a l [ r ed u p l i ca t i o n o f t h e fin al t w o co n s o n an t s o f a
t r i c o n s o n a n t a l s t e m ]
Exam ple{s) Type Com mon Use(s)
Biconsonantal Nouns (continued)
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 96/121
8 3
— p l a c e ; t r a c e (2)
n T a — for ti f ied p l ac e ; fo r t re ss
(7)
npa — ( h i t h p a a l ) to be i n v es
t i g a t e d
m ? — yet, but
nan — to sacrifice
nan — sacrifice (of s l a i n an i an
m a l s ) (1)— r e c o r d (4)
a m — (pe i l ) to be g iven
C h a l d a e a n
i n V - e x c e p t ; bu t ; yet
nVsa — s c r o l l ; r o l l (7)
M e d i a ; M e d e ( s )
nnp — t o d e m o l i s h
^ns - b r e a d t h (4)
w i l l ; d e c i s i o n (9)pri8^ — s ix ty
5. Exercises: T r a n s l a t e E z r a 5 : 1 2 - 1 7 ; 6 : 1 - 3 .
T r u e q u a d r i l i t e r a l s i n c l u d e s u c h w o r d s as rans, Db~}n, etc .
Nouns Formed W ith P refixes
nariDN ' a q t a l (the A p h e l i n f i n it i v e of the s t ro n g v e rb )
nVron h a q t a l (the H ap h e l i n f i n i t i v e of the s t r o n g v e r b )
]3BJa miqtal (the Pea l in f in i tive of the s t r o n g v e r b )
nan?^ s h a q t a l (the Sh a p h e l i n f i n it i ve of the s t r o n g v e r b )
i nn [a n o u n f o r m e d by ad d i n g p ref ix / to the v e rb a l ro o t
*dawara]
Nouns Formed With Suffixes
Th ese suff ixes in clu de the suffix nun (pia); the BA g e n t i l i c e n d i n g (""Vaa);
t h e e n d i n g h o l e m w i t h waw (iVa); and the feminine suff ixes -ith and -Hth
( see Lesson VII, sees . 1 and 2, c lass 9).
I n a d d i t i o n to t h e a b o v e t y p e s , BA has a few o t h e r ty p e s i n v o l v i n g d i p h t h o n g s ,
which wi l l not be d i scussed her e (e .g . DV, etc. ; see I D) .
4. Vocabulary:
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 97/121
8 4
L E S S O N X I X
S I M I L A R N O U N C L A S S E S
1. Confusion of Similar Noun Classes: In o rd e r t o p rev en t co n fu s i o n
b e t w een n o u n s t h a t h av e man y s i mi l a r fo rms , a c l ea r d i s t i n c t i o n mu s t b e mad e
b e t w e e n n o u n types ( see L es s o n X V II l ) an d n o u n classes ( see L esson VI I ) .
T h e d e s i g n a t i o n type, r e f er s t o t h e b as i c P ro t o -Se m i t i c s t em, an d t h e fo rm o ft h e s ame n o u n i n BA may d i f f e r co n s i d e rab l y f ro m t h e o r i g i n a l . T h e t e rm class,
o n t h e o t h e r h an d , i s s i mp l y o n e o f s ev e ra l g ro u p s s o d es i g n a t ed s i mp l y fo r
co n v en i en ce i n l ea rn i n g t h e d ec l en s i o n o f BA n o u n s .
Bec au s e n o u n s h av i n g ce r t a i n s i m i l a r i ti e s in t h e i r mo d i f i ca t io n s d u e t o
d ec l en s i o n a r e r a t h e r a rb i t r a r i l y g ro u p ed t o g e t h e r i n a class, i t is possible
t h a t o n e n o u n class i n BA m ay i n c l u d e t w o o r ev en m o re types o f n o u n s . F o r
ex a m p l e . C l a s s 1 o f n o u n s i n c l u d es a ll BA n o u n s b e l o n g i n g t o t h r ee b as i c t y p es
(see sec . 2 be low) .Classe s 1 an d 2 o f nou ns (see Lesso n V l l ) ma y be ra th er eas i ly confused ,
fo r they have severa l fo rms which are s imi la r o r even iden t i ca l to each o ther .
In s u ch ca s es t h e o r i g i n a l n o u n t y p e d e t e rm i n es t o w h i ch n o u n c l as s t h e w o rd i n
q u e s t i o n b e l o n g s . F o r e x a m p l e , i p p a n d i n i h a v e i d e n t i c a l f o r m a t i o n s i n t h e
s i n g u l a r o f t h e a b s o l u t e s t a t e . H o w e v e r , t h e fo rm er i s a q i t l t y p e an d t h e l a t t e r
a q a t a l t y p e (L es s o n X V II I , s ec . 3 ) . H en ce , t h e fo rmer b e l o n g s t o C l a s s 1 an d
t h e l a t t e r t o C l a s s 2 (L es s o n V I I , sec . 2 ) . T h e co n fu s i o n b e t w e en t h es e t w o
classes o f nouns i s l a rge ly conf ined to the s ingu lar ra ther than the p lu ra l , so
t h e s i n g u l a r w i l l b e d i s cu s s ed i n g rea t e r d e t a i l b e l o w .
2 . Nouns Belonging to Class 1 : In th i s c l ass a re g r ou pe d a l l th e no un s o f
t h e s o - c a ll e d " s e g h o l a t e " f o r m a t i o n ( t h e n a m e i s d e r iv e d f r om t h e B H n o u n
c l a s s , w h e re t h e p re s en ce o f t h e s eg h o l i s co mmo n ) . T h e n o u n s o f t h i s c l a s s a r e
o f t h e t h r ee t y p es , q a t l , q i t l , an d q u t l . Be i n g mo n o s y l l ab i c i n fo rm a t i o n , t h ey a r e
o f t en ca l l ed t h e n o u n s o f s h o r t e s t f o rma t i o n . T h e emp h a t i c s t a t e u s u a l l y
rev ea l s c l ea r l y t h e P ro t o -Semi t i c t y p e , fo r t h e emp h a t i c s i n g u l a r i s fo rmed b y
a d d i n g t h e B A d e t e r m i n a t e e n d i n g N _ - t o t h e ty p e s t e m . T h e a b s o l u t e ( a ls o t h eco n s t ru c t ) fo rm i s d ev e l o p ed f ro m t h e s t em b y t h e i n s e r t i o n o f a s eco n d a ry
(h e l p i n g ) v o w e l b e t w een t h e t w o f i n a l co n s o n an t s . T h i s v o w e l i s u s u a l l y an e
w r i t t e n _ ., b u t w he n a l a ryn gea l o r resh i s p re sen t i t beco m es _ ( see I J ) . Th i s
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 98/121
8 5
s e c o n d a r y v o w e l a t t r a c t s the a c c e n t to it, and the p re t o n i c s y ll ab le is s u b s e
q u e n t l y r e d u c e d to s h e w a (see 1 A) . A few exa m ples w i l l se rve to s h o w t h i s
d e v e l o p m e n t .
VV? > 7»3 > Vra [I A ] ; ho w e v e r , xVya
la y > nay > nay [I A an d M ] ; h o w e v e r , snay
• i B p > -IDO [I J] > nap [I A ] ; ho w e v e r , x i p p
3. Nouns Belonging to Class 2: The n o u n s g r o u p e d t o g e t h e r in C l a s s 2 are
dissy l l ab ic , of n i n e p o s s i b l e t y p es : q a t a l , q a t i l , q a t u l ; q i t a l , q i t i l , q i t u l ; q u t a l ,
q u t i l , q u t u l . As a m a t t e r of f ac t , in BA o n l y fo rms w i t h a in the final sylla bleo c c u r w i t h c e r t a i n t y . H o w e v e r , the o r i g i n a l types i n c l u d e q a t a l , q a t i l (in BA
a l l occurrences have a due to a f ina l l a ryngea l or r e s h ) , and q i t a l (see L es s o n
X V I I I , sec. 3). In the ab s o l u t e ( a l s o the c o n s t r u c t ) f o r m , the accen t ed s eco n d
v o w e l is r e t a i n e d ( e i t h e r an o r i g i n a l a, or an / c h a n g e d to an a wh ere necessary
in the p r e s e n c e of a l a r y n g e a l ) , but the p r e t o n i c v o w e l is r e d u c e d to s h ew a .
T h e d e v e l o p m e n t of th e s e t y p es of noun d i f fe rs in the s i n g u l a r of t h e e m p h a t i c
s t a t e . H e r e , the second v o w e l , not the first , is p r e t o n i c , and so it b e c o m e s a
s h ew a (see I L). A s ingle example wi l l suff ice to i l l u s t r a t e t h e s e two m a i n
d e v e l o p m e n t s .
- i n 3 > ini [I A]; h o w e v e r , nn i p l u s N _ > « n r i 3 > N"i?t3 [I L] > xnri? [ i M]
4 . Distinguishing Between Similar Noun Classes: W h e n a fo rm l i k e -ipp is
c o m p a r e d w i t h one l i k e nni it is ea s y to see how t h e y can be co n fu s ed as to
n o u n c l a s s. As w a s p o i n t e d out p rev i o u s l y , t he e m p h a t i c s t a t e of n o u n s b e l o n g
in g to C l a s s 1 w i l l i n d i ca t e the n o u n t y p e to w h i ch t h ey b e l o n g . E v en t h i s ,
h o w ev e r , d o es not h e l p in d i s t i n g u i s h i n g b e tw e e n n o u n s of C l a s s 1 and n o u n s
of Class 2, for the l a t t e r r e s e m b l e the f o r m e r in the e m p h a t i c s t a te as w e l l as in
t h e a b s o l u t e s t a t e . For e x a m p l e , xnni is fo rm ed ex ac t l y l i k e sVya in the
e m p h a t i c s t a t e s i n g u la r . For t h i s r e a s o n , e t y m o l o g y is the o n l y r ea l s o l u t i o n to
t h e p ro b l e m . T h e s t u d e n t m u s t b e c o m e a c q u a i n t e d w i t h the c o g n a t e f o r m s in
o t h e r S e m i t ic l a n g u a g e s in o r d e r to be ab l e to d i s t i n g u i s h co r r ec t l y b e t w een
t h es e t w o c l a s s e s . E v en t h en , if t h e r e are o n l y a few c o g n a t e s , or no c o g n a t e s at
a l l , the r e s u l t s are q u i t e u n c e r t a i n .
5. Similar Noun Classes in the Plural: The a b o v e d i s c u s s i o n has b e e n c o n fined to the s in g u l a r . T h e p l u r a l of t h e s e n o u n s c a u s e s no pa r t i c u la r d i ff i cu l ty ,
a s l o n g a s t h e s t u d en t k eep s in m i n d t h a t t h e p l u r a l s t e m o f t h e " s e g h o l a t e " n o u n s
is metaplastic. T h i s m e a n s t h a t t h o u g h t h e r o o t s of t h e s i n g u l a r and o f the p lu r a l
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 99/121
86
contain the same three basic conso nants , the stems are different types. The
stem of the singular is monosyllabic; the stem of the plural is dissyllabic.
This is t rue in BH as well as in BA: e.g., the singular stem is malk, but theplural stem is malak; the singular stem is sipr, but the plural stem is sipar.
Conseq uen tly , the final for ms of the plural of nouns belonging to Class 1 are
indistinguishable from the plural of those belonging to Class 2. Likewise, the
similar formation of the nouns of these two classes leads to analogous forms
when the suflBxes are added: e.g., ]i 3* in i which is here treated as though its
stem were nahr (on an analogy with the segholates), instead of mhar as it
really is (see Lesson VII, sec. 2).
6. Vocabulary:
•IBS — lamb (3)
IDf — ram (2)
»)pT — to impale
ran — new
*1Bn — wine (1)
nntf n — need (7)
— word; order (3)« n B — (hithpeel) to be impaled
(on a stake)
— (anointing) oil (1)
tjail — layer (of stones or wood)
(4)
(')iVii - refuse-heap; ruin(s) (9)
nimi — incense (4)
riches (2)
nw — (hithpeel) to be pulled out
np?? - expense (7)
niVsj — burnt-offering
(haphel) to bring near;
> offer
p'llT — far (4)
to leave (behind)
7 . Exercises: Transla te Ezra 6 : 4 - 1 1 .
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 100/121
87
L E S S O N XX
T H E N U M E R A L S
1. The Cardinal Num erals: A l t h o u g h the l im i t ed a m o u n t of BA l i t e r a tu r e
leaves many gaps in the a t t e s t ed fo rms of the n u m e r i c a l s y s t e m s , the en t i r e
system of ca rd in a l n u m era l s can be r eco n s t ru c te d w i th so me d eg ree of ce r t a in ty
by ana logy wi th those fo rms which do o ccu r . The t ab le of n u m era l s b e lo w wi l lbe confined to the ab so lu te s t a t e of n u m b er s ac tu a l ly o ccu r r in g in BA.
Masculine Feminine Common
1 nn " in 20
2 p.n 30
3 nnVn nVnT :
60 rn?^
4 n»a"|S ssnx [62]6 nnir ntf 100 nxa
T ;
7 nsaa* 37317 [120] pawi nN ? [et c.]
10 mfes? 200
[12] nto-nn [etc.] 400 nxa » 3 n «T I I
1000
T h e w o r d i3-| " a l a r g e m u l t i t u d e , " " a m y r i a d , " is u sed for 10,000. " A
t h o u s a n d t h o u s a n d " is ppVs fjVs [the M T has the H e b r a i s m — f i n a l mem for
final n u n ] . "Ten t h o u s a n d t i m e s ten t h o u s a n d " is pan i3"i.
2. Uses of the Cardinal Numerals: In BA, as in BH, t h e r e is so-ca l led
" c h i a s t i c c o n c o r d " in the n u m era l s f r om th r ee to ten. T h a t m e a n s t h a t the
n u mera l s wh ich are ap p a ren t ly f emin in e in f o rm (wi th the usu a l femin in e
e n d i n g n—) a r e u sed wi th mascu l in e n o u n s . Co n v e r se ly , t h e n u me ra l s ap p a ren t ly
mascu l in e in f o rm are u sed wi th f emin in e n o u n s .T h e m a s c u l i n e n u m b e r " t w o " o c c u r s in the c o n s tr u c t s t a t e : nn. P r e s u m a b l y
th e f emin in e pnnn a lso had a co n s t ru c t s t a t e f o rmed an a lo g o u s ly . The m a s c u
l in e n u mb er s en d in g in n- in the ab so lu te s t a t e , a l so h av e the a p p a r e n t l y
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 101/121
88
femin ine cons t ruc t end ing r i— in the c o n s t r u c t s t a t e . " T h o u s a n d " o c c u rs in the
c o n s t r u c t s t a t e : The c o n s t r u c t s t a t e of the n u m b e r s o ccu r s o n l y i n f r e
q u e n t l y in BA. " T h o u s a n d " a ls o o cc u rs in the e m p h a t i c s t a t e : NsVx.
T h e n u m b e r s are u s u a l l y u s ed w i t h n o u n s ad j ec t i v a ll y , e i t h e r p reced i n g or
f o l l o w i n g the n o u n s t h e y m o d i f y . In the f o r m e r c a s e the n o u n is in the s i n g u l a r ;
i n the l a t t e r , the n o u n is in the p l u r a l . A l s o , the n u m b e r s can be used w i th
p r o n o u n s i n s t e a d of n o u n s , in s u ch ca s es b e i n g u s ed w i t h the p r o n o m i n a l
suff ixes: jinriVri " t h e t h r e e of t h e m " (Dan. 3:23).
T h e n u m b e r " on e" is u s e d as a n o u n , as wel l as a d j e c t i v a l l y : pma in
" o n e of t h e m " or "the first of t h e m " (Dan. 6:3[2]). It is u s e d to s t r e s s or
e m p h a s i z e the i n d e t e r m i n a t i o n of a n o u n (see L e s s o n II, sec. 3). It is used
w i t h the p r e p o s i t i o n D to m e a n " t o g e t h e r , " " a l to g e t h e r , " or " c o m p l e t e l y " :
nitn? ( D a n . 2:35). It is a l so used to ex p re s s m u l t i p l i ca t i o n ( see s ec . 3 b e l o w ) .
3. Standard Num erical Formulas: The f o r m u l a for d a t i n g e v e n t s by the
r e i g n of a k i n g e m p l o y s the f o ll o w in g p a t t e r n : niDVaV pr)"iri ny0 " the s eco n d
y ea r o f t h e r e i g n of x " ( E z r a 4:24). T h e f o r m u l a u s e d for i n d i c a t i n g t h e day of
t h e m o n t h is as f o l l o w s : HTV nnVri DV " the t h i r d day of t h e m o n t h x " (E z ra
6:15).T h e s t a n d a r d f o r m u l a u s e d to ex p re s s the age of a p e r s o n is as fo l l o w s :
prinni pna \<X0 1 3 ( 3 ) " ( a p p r o x i m a t e ly ) 62 y e a r s old" [lit. "(as) a son of 62
ye ' a rs" ] (DanV 6:i[5:31]).
T h e f o r m u l a u s e d to e x p r e s s m u l t i p l i c a t i o n is as f o l l o w s : nyat£>"nn " s ev en
t i m e s " ( D a n . 3:19).
T h e f r a c t i o n "one-half" is i n d i c a t e d by the use of the n o u n SVB [lit. "a
d i v i s i o n " ] ( D a n . 7:25). It is d e b a t a b le w h e t h e r or not o t h e r f r ac t i o n s ac t u a l l yo c c u r in BA.
4. The Ordinal Numerals: In BA the o r d i n a l n u m b e r s ( e xc e p t " s e c o n d " )
a r e f o r m e d w i t h the s a m e e n d i n g , •>_, t h a t is used fo r gen t i l i c no un s ( see L esson
I I , sec. 3).
Masculine Feminine
first ma-rp.
s e c o n d pin nnn
t h i r d -p-'Vn njp'Vn
f o u r t h •'S'an n j v a - i
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 102/121
89
T h e o rd i n a l n u mb er s o ccu r i n t h e emp h a t i c s t a t e , a s w e l l a s t h e ab s o l u t e s t a t e .
T h e a p p a r e n t f e m i n i ne c o n s t r u c t e n d i n g n i_ o n t h e n u m b e r " s e c o n d " is a c t u a l l y
a n a d v e r b i a l e n d i n g : mi in " a g a i n " o r " f o r t h e s e c o n d t i m e " ( D a n . 2 : 7 ) .
5. Vocabulary:
T— exi le (9) — n u m b e r ( 3 )
Van — ( p a e l) t o h u r t ; d e s t r o y ; n s n a — p r o p h e c y ; > p r o p h e d a m a g e
n s n a
sying (7)
n n nT : V
- jo y (7)tS — g o a t (5 )
nxpn
naan
— sin-offer ing
— d ed i ca t i o n (7 ) niVs — div i s ion (o f p r i es t s ) (7 )xpn
naan
— m o n t h ( 1 ) T B S — h e-g o a t (4 )
nxpn
naan
— L ev i t e oatf — tr ibe (1 )
— ( p a e l) t o o v e r t h r o w pa? — (p ae l ) t o cau s e t o d w e l l
npVr"? — co u r s e ; d i v i s i o n (o f m — six
Levi tes ) (8 ) — t w o [ m a s c ]
6. Exercises: T r a n s l a t e E z r a 6 : 1 2 - 1 8 .
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 103/121
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 104/121
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 105/121
9 2
2. Laryngeal Verbs: See L e s s o n X.
3. Pe Nun, Pe Y odh, andPe Aleph V erbs: See L e s s o n XL
4 . Hollow Verbs: A y i n Waw and A y i n Y o d h [for o t h e r f o r m s see Lesson
X I I ] .
Perfect
P e r s o n P ea l P ea l H aph e l P o l e l Hi thp o l e l
3 m. sg. OR a'pn n a n n a i n p n
3 f. sg. nap. etc. na'pn e tc . e t c .
2 m. sg. na'pn naainnn
1 c. sg. n ?P, e tc .
3 m. pi . « p . lav.q
3 f. pi. .nap
2 m. pL pnipj? pnxj'pn
1 c. pi. «3ap
Imper fec t
3 m. sg. mp ;• t a'P-Ol n a i T oainn;
3 f. sg. D i p n D- jpn D'pnn etc. e tc .
2 m. sg. D i p n D'fen Q'pnn
1 c. sg. mp ?
3 m. pi. riaip; pa'ir p a ' p a i
3 f. pi. m\ l»'pa:
2 m. pi. riaipn pa^yn pa'pqn
1 c. pi. • i p i a ? ™
Infini t ive
° p a Dfea naain n^ai-inn
etc.
e tc .
njtnn
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 106/121
93
Imperative
Person Peal Peal Haphel Polel Hithpolel Hithaphel
m. sg. t3ip D'pri nan Danpn mf.sg. p i p P 'pn etc. etc . e tc .
m. pi . W i p<
la-pri
Participles
Active Passive Active
m. sg. n-'pna nana aanna
f sg. na't? n a ' p n a etc. e tc . e t c .
m. pi. raT.na
f pi.
5 . Geminate Verbs: Or Ayin Ayin Verbs [for other forms see Lesson X I I I ] .
Perfect
Person Peal Haphel Haphel Hophal Ithpoel
3 m. sg. •?» pnn Vwri "?»n- \
Dain(?st
3 f sg. nVy npnn etc. e tc . e t c .
2 m. sg. etc .
1 c. sg.
3 m. pi. i"?» I p n n iVin
- \3 f pi. nW e tc . e t c .
2 m. p i.
1 c. pi.
Imperfect
3 m. sg.
3 f. sg. pnnn
2 m. sg. p n n n
1 c. sg. VS7K e tc .
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 107/121
9 4
Per so n
3 m. pi .
3 f. pi.
2 m. pi.
1 c. pi .
m . sg.
f . s g .
m . pi.
Peal
-Vs;
H a p h e l H a p h e l
Inf ini t ive
I m p e r a t i v e
Ac t iv e Pa r t i c ip l e
m . sg. >?» pina Vsina
f - s g . nV» npjna etc.
m . pi. pVy rpnna
6. Lamedh He Verbs: O r i g i n a l L a m e d h A l e p h , L a m e d h Waw, and
L a m e d h Y o d h [for o th e r f o rms see L e s s o n XIV].
Perfect
Pe r so n Pea l Pae l H ap h e l H i t h p e e l H i t h p a a l3 m. sg. nn -53 •"jan -lann Jann
3 f. sg. n ia n ? a n n )3ni:» nngn?
2 m. sg. m n - i a n rfnpn n'nnn
1 c. sg. rria n-ja n'jan n'lapi; n^ann
3 m. pi . Ua r?a n a n ' rnnn i^anq
3 f. pi. nn n;33 n r i a n n n;i3nn
2 m. pi. jvria iw'ian r^iann iwrjanji
1 c. pl.i K r i s K? aD w^>n,:i
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 108/121
9 5
Imperfect
Person Peal Pael Haphe l Hi thpeel Hit hpa al
3 m. sg . ^3?n- K n m x n n ;
3 f sg . Kl?n Nianr i x a s n n s a a n n
2 m. sg . x n n r i N i s n n x n n n
1 c. sg. i<l ?^ w a n s K n n K x a a n x
3 m. p i . l i n n ; ] i a a r ;
3 f pi .
2 m. p i . p a ? j i i a n n | i i? n n p a p n
1 c. pi . it iaa N3?fl3 f<3ani ^nam
Infinitive
m nTT -
n - n nTT ; -
n; 3 a pn m n n n
Imperative
m. sg. - n - i a n
f . s g . -?? - ? a n
m. pi . iaa iaan
Participle
Active ]Passive Active Active
Person Peal Peal Pael Haphel Hithpeel Hithpaal
m. sg. Nian ? w a n a KHanp
f sg. :??na m i s n a n;33na
m. p i . ri? m rsana r3??9 riana
f . p l . m m T »oa
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 109/121
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 110/121
97
N i r i i N w e
p j N t h e y , t h o s e [ f e m . ]
D3K t o t r o u b l e , o p p r e ss , m a s t e r
t ] 1 8 * fa ce
t r i N m a n , m a n k i n d
nnis y o u [ m a s c . s i n g . ]
y o u [ m a s c . p i . ]
I I D S b o n d , f e t t e r
« l - l S p N e x a c t l y ; e a g er l y
" I DS p r o h i b i t i o n
» N w o o d , b e a m
(]K also
•"pIBK* a t i t l e o f o f f i c i a l s
•"ponsN* a t i t l e o f o f f i c i a l s
"•pnonpN* a t i t l e o f o f f i c i a l s
D h B N s t o r e h o u s e ; > t r e a s u r y ;
[ e v e n t u a l l y ? p o s i t i v e l y ?]
S ? 3 S N * d i g i t ; t o e ; finger
vg-ps* f o u r
p n K * p u r p l e
n s b e h o l d
m s * w a y
n n s l i o n
•qnS fitting, b ec o m i n g
n 3 3 n s * k n e e
npiK d u r a t i o n ; l e n g t h
"•pis* a n i n h a b i t a n t o f U r u k
S?ns* e a r t h
" • V i N * b o t t o m
pnS* e a r t h
B>N * f o u n d a t i o n
S ^ N fire; > fire-offering
«] B *N e n ch a n te r
p B ^ K * wa l l ; [ t r a d i t . - b e a m ? ? ]
n n r i B ^ K r e v o l t
nx* s i g n ; m i r a c l e
nns t o c o m e
— h a p h e l - t o b r i n g ( i n )
pns f u r n a c e
nns p l a c e ; t r a c e
3 i n ; b y ( m e a n s o f )
E ^ ' S S * b a d
trS3 t o b e d i s p l e a s i n g t o
nnS3 a f t e r
•"VpS* B a b y l o n i a n
nns p a e l - t o d i s p er s e, s c a t t er
iVng h u r r y
'?n3 p a e l - t o f r i g h t e n
— h i t h p e e l — ( t o b e p e r p l e x
e d ) ; > t o h u r r y
— h i t h p a a l — t o b e f r i g h t
e n e d , b e p e r p l e x e d
VP3 t o c e a s e , b e d i s c o n t i n u e d ,
s t o p
— p a e l — t o s t o p
p 3 b e t w e e n , a m o n g
nrs d i s c e r n m e n t
n T a * f o r t i f i e d p l a c e ; f o r t r e s s
^ 3 t o s p e n d t h e n i g h t
n ; 3 * h o u s e ; > t e m p l e
•73 h e a r t ; > m i n d
n'7 3 p a e l - t o w e a r o u t
iVs t a x
ni3 t o b u i l d
— h i t h p e e l — t o b e b u i l t
p 3 * s o n s [ p l u r a l ]
pl3* b u i l d i n g
033 t o b e c o m e a n g r y
n5?3 t o s e e k , r e q u e s t ; b e o n t h e
p o i n t o f ; r u n g r e a t r i s k
— p a e l — t o s ea r c h ( e a g e r l y ) ;
c a l l u p o n
1 » 3 * p e t i t i o n , p r a y e r
Vys o w n e r , l o r d
nVi?3* p l a i n
npa p a e l — t o s ee k , i n v e s t i g a t e
— h i t h p a a l - t o b e i n v e s t i g a t e d
na s o n
-la* field
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 111/121
98
r j i a t o k n ee l
• q i a to b less
— p a e l - t o b le ss•q- ia* k n e e
D"13 ye t , bu t
n ^ a flesh
n a * b a t h ; > a l i q u i d m e a s u r e
a i *
a i
n n i a i *
13?
n a ? *
n n s
n i l
1 3 1 ? *
-ITS
m
T S *
n V a
i V s *
n a s
W
o n s *
0 8 ^ *
K n
a n
s i d e ; b a c k
p i t , d en
m i g h t
m a n
( m i g h t y ) m a n ; w a r r i o r
t r e a s u r e r
t o c u t d o w n
i n t e r i o r ; m i d s t
p r i d e
t r e a s u r e r
t o d e t e rm i n e (d es t i n y >b y a s t ro l o g y )
h / i t h p e . — t o b e c u t o u t ;
b reak o f f
d e c r e e , d e t e r m i n a t i o n
a p h e l — t o s t i r u p
p l a s t e r
w h ee l
t o r ev ea lh a p h e l - t o t a k e i n t o ex ile
exi le
s q u a red ( s t o n es )
to f in ish , complete
t r e a s u r e
w i n g
b o n e
b o d y
n
th i s [ fem.]
b e a r
n a n
n a n *
p a n
n i 3 1
a n n
« i n n
m n
Bhn
m n n *
V n n
- 1
nn
i n *T •
V.
l i n a n *
p V n
n a n
n n
P i?n
in» n n *
n nT
« n n *
n a n ^ *
to sacrifice
sacri f ice (of s lain animals)
t o s t i ck t o g e t h e rm a t t e r ; ( s o ) t h a t
go ld
w h i ch i s ; t h a t i s
to dwel l
t o t r e a d d o w n
[ t r a d i t . — m u s i c a l i n s t r u
m e n t ] ; c o n c u b i n e , p e r
fu me , fo o d , t ab l e , e t c . ? ?to fear
p a e l — t o m a k e a f r a i d ,
f r igh ten
of, that , e tc . [see p . 14]
t o j u d g e
r i g h t , j u s t i c e , j u d g m e n t ,
c o u n c i l ( o f j u d g m e n t )
j u d g e[ t r a d it . — a p r o p e r n a m e ] ;
j u d g e s
t h a t [ f em. ]
t h a t [ m a s c ]
t h a t [ co m. ]
r a m
r e c o r d
r e c o r d ( b o o k )t o b u r n
t o r e s emb l e
t h i s ( is ) [m as c ]
t o c ru s h
h / a p h . — t o c r u s h
g e n e r a t i o n ; l i f e t i m e
a r m
d e c r e e , c o m m a n d , o r d e r ,
l a w
g ras s
j u d g e
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 112/121
99
n
Nn
n s - K n
n g n n «
nnn*
• n n
xin
m n
•qinx'n
Vs-'n
^Vn
i a n
• q i i a n *
VJ •"ID
if inn*
nVnann
n
i n t e r r o g a t i v e p a r t i c l e
b e h o l d
e v e n a s
h i g h r o y a l o f f i c i a l
m e m b e r
p a e l - t o g l o r i f y
g l o r y , m a j e s t y
h e ; t h a t
t o b e ; h a p p e n ; e x i s t
t o g o [ t r a d i t . ]s h e ; t h a t
p a l a c e ; t e m p l e
t o g o ; > r e a c h
p a e l — t o w a l k a b o u t
a p h e l — t o w a l k a b o u t
t o l l , t a x
t h e y [ m a s c ]
t h e y [ m a s c ]
n e c k l a c e
i f ; w h e t h e r
e i t h e r . . . o r
i n j u r y ; d a m a g e
f a n t a s y ( i n a d r e a m )
h u r r y
g i f t
1 a n d ; ( f o r , t h e n , e t c . )
r
p t t o b u y
"ViJ]* ( w a r n e d ) ; > c a u t i o u s
T it h a p h e l — t o a c t p r e s u m p
t u o u s l y
p t h i t h a p h e l - t o l i v e ( o n ) ;
s u b s i s t ( o n )
sn t t o t r e m b l e
T > j * b r i g h t n e s s ; ( p i . > c o m
p l e x i o n )
O T i n n o c e n c e
p t h i t h p . - t o a g r e e ; d e c i d e
p t t i m e ; t u r n
n a p m u s i c f o r s t r i n g s ; o r ,
m u s i c a l i n s t r u m e n t
n a j * m u s i c i a n ; s i n g e r
| T * s o r t , k i n d
T > V T » s m a l l
p VT t o w a i l ; s h r i e k
« ] p T t o i m p a l e
» n T s e e d ; > d e s c e n d a n t s
nVian h u r t f u l a c t , c r i m e ; d a m a g e
Van p a e l - t o h u r t ; d e s t r o y ;
d a m a g e
— h i t h p a a l — t o b e d e s t r o y e d ,
p e r i s h
h u r t ; d a m a g e
n a n * c o m p a n i o n
n n a n * c o m p a n i o n [ f e m . ]
in o n e
mr j * b r e a s t
rrpn j o y
m n n e w
m n p a e l — t o s h o w , m a k e k n o w n
— h / a p h . — t o m a k e k n o w n ;
i n t e r p r e t
w h i t e
t o s e e , p e r c e i v e
a p p a r i t i o n ; v i s i o n ; a p
p e a r a n c e
nirq* s i g h t
T\^n* s i n - o f l f e r i n g
' yq* s i n
•«n l i v i n g , a l i v e ; ( p i . ) l i f e
m n t o l i v e
ntn
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 113/121
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 114/121
101
T p *
an'
Tn;
n a n ?
na
Vna
nja*
n a a *
VVa
naa
FN a i a
t2^a
n j a *
1 9 ?
niya
nsa
w el l - e s t ab l i s h ed , r e l i ab l e ;
firm; true
t o b u r nb u r n i n g ; > firebrand
di f f i cu l t ; honorab le
d i g n i t y , h o n o r
m o n t h
( t h e u p p e r p a r t of the)
t h i g h
s i g n of the a c c u s a t i v e
t o sit; dwel l
h a p h e l — t o s e t t l e ; c a u s e t o
d w e l l
e x t r a o r d i n a r y ; e x c e e d i n g
ly
as ; a c c o r d i n g t o ; a b o u t
l iew h e n , as s o o n as
h e re
t o be ab l e
pr ies t
w i n d o w
t a l en t
w h o l e ; all, every
b ecau s e ofshaphel—to f in i sh
h i s h t a p h a l - t o be finished
h o w [ e x c l a m a t i o n ]
t h u s ; (so)
t h u s
t o a s s emb l e
h i t h p a a l - t o a s s e m b l e
co l l eag u e
si lver
n o w
a n d now
p e i l — t o be b o u n d
— p a e l — t o b i n d , tie
n b * k or ; a dry m e a s u r e
n^^'O* c a p ; h a tm a i t h p e e l - t o be d i s t ressed
l i n a * herald
n a h a p h e l - t o p ro c l aim
K O n a s e a t ; t h r o n e
i-iji a Chaldaean
ana to w r i t e
ana w r i t i n g , d o c u m e n t , in
s c r i p t i o n
Vna wal l
•p to , for; s ign of the ac
c u s a t i v e
k V not ; n o t h i n g
A V * h e a r t
A A V * h e a r t
B#IAV* g a r m e n t
vflib to be c l o t h e d w i t h ; w e a r
— h a p h e l - t o c l o th e ( w i th )
| J I V e x c e p t ; but; yet
JO^ t h e re fo re [H e b . ]
•NV* L ev i t e
N I V * n e a r , b e s i d e , w i t h
A N V ( b r e a d ) ; > meal , feas t
N J N V c o n c u b i n e<Y i n i g h t
N A V w h y ? for w h a t p u r p o s e ?
> les t
yf?* t o n g u e ; > l a n g u a g e
a
nxa h u n d r e d
]TSB* b a l a n c e
naxa w o r d ; o r d e r
]Na* vessel
nVia scr o l l ; ro l l
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 115/121
102
n a n a *
n n a• i n a *
nj-n ?*
' n a
ni a
]iTa
Hna
npVna*
« » a
sVa
nV)?
nVa
nVa
na>a'laViS
VVa
' T I P
nnja
nia
nnia
p a e l — t o o v e r t h r o w
a l t a r
t ax , t r i b u ted we l l in g
M e d i a ; M e d e ( s )
p r o v i n c e ; t o w n ; c i t y
w h a t ? t h a t wh ich
d e a t h
food
to smi t e
p a e l - t o c h e c k , p r e v e n t ;
s t ay
h i t h p e e l — t o be imp a led
(o n a s t ak e )
c o u r s e ; d i v i s i o n (of
Levi tes)
t o r e a c h , a t t a i n ; c o m e
u p o n ; h a p p e n to
to fill
h i t h p e e l - t o b e f i l l e d ( w i t h )angel
wo rd ; ma t t e r , a f f a i r
t o eat s a l t ; > be u n d e r
o b l ig a t io n of loya l ty
sal t
k in g
counse l
q u een
k i n g s h i p ; r e i g n ; k i n g d o m
p a e l — t o s p e a k
w h o ?
w h o e v e r
f r o m ; out of; t h a n
since
m i n a
tax , t r i b u te
u n d e r s t a n d i n gt o n u m b e r
p a e l — t o a p p o i n t
(grain) offer ing
pljp n u m b e r
nas?a* work , deed
nya* belly(go ing , en te r ing) ; [wi th
" s u n " ] > sunse t
tna lo rd
ma* rebe l l iousT T
nna rebe l l ion
ana p e i l - t o be p l u c k e d out
n^a ( a n o i n t i n g ) oil
a a a p * bedpsto* a b o d e
•'i?in?'a* p ip e ; flute
xriB?a* d r i n k i n g ; > b a n q u e t
nina* gift
xai h i t h p a a l - t o p ro p h es y ;
a c t as a p r o p h e tnsiai* p r o p h e c y ; > p r o p h e s y i n g
natai p r e se n t , g i ft
N - a i* p ro p h e t
nir nai* c a n d l e s t i c k ; l a m p ( s t a n d )
n il to flow
nil t o w a r d s ; in the d i r e c t i o n
o f
nil* b r i g h t n e s sana h i t h p a a l - t o offer w i ll in g
l y ; b e s t o w ; be wil l ing
lay e r (of s t o n e s or w o o d )
to flee
( s h e a t h > b o d y ) ; > on
a c c o u n t of
l i g h t
l ig h ti l l u m i n a t i o n (of min d )
r iver
to flee
n n i
n n i
n i n i *
T r i i *
i T n i
" i n i
m i
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 116/121
103
WiVll r e f u s e - h e a p ; r u i n ( s )
T U f ir e
pn t o c o m e t o g r i e f
— h a p h e l - t o d a m a g e
B?m c o p p e r ; b r o n z e
nm t o c o m e d o w n
— h / a p h . - t o d e p o s i t
— h o p h a l — t o b e d e p o s e d
bvi t o l i f t u p
— p e i l - t o b e l i f t e d u p
nw t o k e e pnimi* i n c e n s e
D D I * r i c h e s
na j p a n t h e r ; l e o p a r d
noi h i t h p e e l - t o b e p u l l e d o u t
• |D 1 p a e l - t o p o u r o u t ; o f i " e r
•jjDl* l i b a t i o n
" 7 D 3 t o f a l l ( d o w n )
p D l t o g o o u t
— h a p h e l — t o t a k e ( o u t )
npDl* e x p e n s e
naSJ* f irm n ess, h a r d n e s s
ns i h i t h p a a l - t o d i s t i n g u i s h
o n e s e l f
Vsi h / a p h . - t o r e s c u e , d e l i v e r
Xpi p u r e
B pl t o k n o c k t o g e t h e r
N i w t o t a k e ; c a r r y a w a y ; l i f t
u p
— h i t h p a a l - t o r i s e u p a g a i n s t
• pm* w o m e n [ p l u r a l ]
naitfl* b r e a t h ( o f l i f e )
na l e a g l e ; v u l t u r e
QTtpi* d e c r e e ; o f f i c i a l d o c u m e n t
pni* s a n c t u a r y s e r v a n t ; ( o n e
w h o is g i v e n )
]n3 t o g i v e
nni a p h e l - t o s h a k e o f f
Vao p o e l - t o b r i n g ; l a y ; >
p r e s e r v e
nao t o i n t e n d
niD t o p a y h o m a g e t o
]lp» g o v e r n o r
niD t o s h u t
n ; i S p 1 D b a g p i p e ( ? )
r\^0 t o b e f u l f i l l e d
— a p h e l — t o p u t a n e n d t o ,
a n n i h i l a t et io e n d
p"?D t o g o ( c o m e ) u p
— h a p h e l - t o t a k e u p
— h o p h a l — t o b e l i f t e d u p
nVD p a e l — t o h e l p , a i d
n a p * c l e r k ; s e c r e t a r y ; s c r i b e
npp b o o k
Vanp* a g a r m e n t ; [ c l o a k ? t r o u
s e r s ? ]
• ]np* h i g h o f f i c i a l
nno t o d e m o l i s h
nno p a e l - t o h i d e
nas?
nras?*
nv
nns?
nis?
tjis?
t o d o , m a k e
h i t h p e e l - t o b e m a d e ;
t u r n e d i n t o ; b e d o n e
s e r v a n t
w o r k , a d m i n i s t r a t i o n , t o i l ,
s e r v i c e
t h e o p p o s i t e b a n k
u n t o ; u n t i l
t o g o ; p a s s a w a y ; d e p a r t
h a p h e l - t o t a k e a w a y
t i m e ; > y e a r
s t i l l , y e t
i n i q u i t y
b i r d
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 117/121
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 118/121
1 0 5
n n s t o d e s i r e ; w i s h , l i k e
U S m a t t e r , t h i n g ; w i s h , d e s i r e
S 3 S p a e l — t o w e t
— h i t h p a a l — t o b e w e t
n s s i d e
x n s * t r u e
T J
np-fS ( r i g h t - d o i n g ) ; > r i g h t
e o u s n e s s
n s i s * n e c k
m Vs p a e l - t o p r ay
nVs h / a p h . — t o ( c a u s e t o ) p r o s
p e r ; f a r e w e l l ; m a k e
p r o g r e s s
D V S s t a t u e ; i m a g e
T B S * h e -g o a t
n e s * b i r d
- a i P *
Dip
Vtjp
Pip.
p a e l - t o r e c e i v e
b e f o r e ; b e c a u s e
h o l y
b e f o r e
f o r m e r t i m e ; f o r m e r l y
f i r s t ; f o r m e r
t o r i s e, s t a n d ; e n d u r e
p a e l — t o s e t u p , e s t a bl i s h
h / a p h . — t o s et u p , f o u n d ,
a p p o i n t , e s t a b l i s h
h o p h a l - t o b e s et u p
t o k i l l
p e i l - t o be k i l le d
p a e l - t o k i l l
h i t h p e e l - t o b e k i ll e d
h i t h p a a l - t o b e k i l le d
k n o t ; j o i n t ; > d ifl &c ul t
t a s k
s u m m e r
s t a t u t e
Djj? e n d u r i n g ; ( su r e )
o n m p z i t h e r
Vp i n s o l e n c e ; c u r s eVp v o i c e ; s o u n d
nip t o b u y
t]Sp t o b e ( c o m e ) f u r i o u s
«]Sp w r a t h
I ' S p p a e l - t o c u t off
n sp e n d ; p a r t
x n p t o c a l l ( o u t ) ; r e a d
— p e i l - t o b e r e a d ; ( be
s h o u t e d )
— h i t h p e e l - t o b e c a l l e d
a n p t o d r a w n e a r ; a p p r o a c h
— p a e l — t o o ffe r
— h a p h e l - t o b r in g n e a r ; >
offer
a n p w a r
n n p * v i l l a g e , t o w n , c i t y
p p h o r n
^ n p * p i e c e
Dij*p t r u t h
tt^xn h e a d , c h i e f
an g r e a t , b i g ; c h i e f
nan t o g r o w ( u p ) ; b e c o m e
g r e a t
— p a e l — t o m a k e g r e a t ;
h e i g h t e n
ia n m y r i a d ; g r e a t m u l t i t u d e
ia n g r e a t n e s s
"•yan* f o u r t h
fia ^an» l o r d s , n o b l e s , g r a n d e e s ;
[ p l u r a l o f an]
m h a p h e l - t o i r r i ta t e, m a k e
a n g r y
m r a g e
Vjn* f o o t
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 119/121
106
o n
n
tr*n haphel—to throng in;
(storm in)
n * appearancen n wind; spirit
to rise; be high, be
haughty
aphel-to raise; heighten
polel-to praise; (exalt)
hithpolel-to rise up
(against)
height
secret
p'>ni* far
flpni compass ion(s)
hithpeel-to trust in
smell
to throw; place, impose
(a tax)
— peil - to be thrown
— hithpeel—to be thrown
|S?n* will; decision
•fcai* thought
yiVl flourishing
VVI to crush
— pael—to crush
OB") to tread down
Oftil to write, inscribe
hoary; [plural] elders
K D 3 t * stringed instrument; (tri
angular; 4 strings)
afe to grow great
K^iiD great , much, many; [ad
verb] very
n n ^ * witness; testimony
ipfc side
D"" ? to place, lay; make, es
tablish
— hithaphel —to be put; >
be made
VsiP hithpaal-to considerunVpB insight
WiP to hate
1VV hair
V N E ^ to ask; > require
nbvm* question; requirement
- ) X B rest, remainder
nyo pael-to praise
D3i;#* tribe
flame
seven
p3ir^ to leave (behind)
— hi thpeel- to be left; pass
on to
tr*31£> hithpaal—to be perplexed
nbit* concubine
11 ^ hithpaal—to strive
niltf to be like
— pael —to make like
— hithpaal —to be made (like)
- if * wall
an inhabitant of Susa;
Susanian
mP to spoil
sr?* to rescue
N 'S' t J to finish; be finished
nSB? ha ph e l - to find
— hithpeel—to be found
VVaa? [see' 7 ' 73 ]
to dwell
— pael—to cause to dwell
n"?( (t o be) at ease; carefree
l"?^ negligence
niVB>* prosperity
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 120/121
1 0 7
IbVi?*
ot
to send
t o ru l e ; h av e p o w er o v e r
h a p h e l — t o m a k e r u l e r o v e rd o m i n i o n
high official
migh ty ; o f f i cer ; it is
a l l o w ed
p e i l — t o be finished
h ap h e l - t o co mp l e t e , f i n
i s h ; d e l i v e r ( c o m
p le te ly )w e l f a r e ; [as a s a l u t a t i o n ]
h a i l
n a m e
Tot h a p h e l - t o d e st ro y , an
n i h i l a t e
]?aB>» h e a v e n ; sky
oat i t h p o e l - t o be a p p a l l e d
s?atf to h e a r
— h i t h p a a l - t o o be y
Vhit p a e l - t o s erv e
Vtpt* sun
ift* t o o t h
nitt* to be c h a n g e d ; be dif
f e r e n t
— p a e l — t o c h a n g e ; > v i o l a t e
— h a p h e l - t o a l t e r ; > v i o l a t e
— h / i t h p a . — t o be c h a n g e d
rat* y e a r
niB^* s l eep
nvt m o m e n t ; ( s h o r t s p a c e of
t i m e )
DDB> to j u d g e
T B t t > f a i r ; b ea u t i fu l
bot h / a p h . — t o h u m b l e ; h u m i l
i a t e
Vptf low; h u m b l e
IB t to p l ea s e , s eem g o o d
l ^ n B a ^ * d a w n
pt* leg
nit to l o o s e n ; > d w e l l
— p a e l - t o b eg in— h i t h p a a l — t o be l o o s e n e d ;
> s h a k e
ttt* r o o t
ytit b a n i s h m e n t ; [ li t. — a r o o t
i n g out]
r\t six
nnt to d r i n k
fFit s i x t y
nan
T i n *
am
m n
nin*
ninn
s V n
• • n i V r i *
n V nNn " ? n
n a n
n a n *
nii^in
• .nDn*
T p ? ? *
Vpn
Vpn
t o b r e a k
( e n c i r c l i n g , d u r a t i o n ) ;
[ w i t h a] c o n t i n u a l l y
t o r e t u r n
h / a p h e l — t o gi ve b a c k ; del i v e r ; a n s w e r
t o be a m a z e d , be f r i g h t
e n e d
o x , b u l l
u n d e r
s n o w
t h i r d
t h r e e
t h i r d p a r t ; [ t r a d i t . — t h i r d
i n r a n k ]
t h i r t y
t h e r e
w o n d e r
s e c o n d
a s e c o n d t i m e , a g a i n
p o l i ce o f fi cer ; m ag i s t r a t es t r o n g , m i g h t y
p e i l — t o be w e i g h e d
s h e k e l
7/22/2019 Johns a Short Grammar of Biblical Aramaic
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/johns-a-short-grammar-of-biblical-aramaic 121/121
108
p n h o p h a l — t o b e r e e s t a b
l i s h ed
tjppi to be s t r on g , be co m es t r o n g
— p a e l — t o m a k e s t r i n g e n t ;
e n f o r c e
*]pri s t r e n g t h
r^pri* s t r e n g t h
p iri* t w o [ m a s c ]VIFi* d o o r k e e p e r
»nri d o o r ; m o u t h ; g a t e
prinn tw o [ fem.]